1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 using namespace clang; 51 using namespace sema; 52 53 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 54 if (OwnedType) { 55 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 57 } 58 59 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 60 } 61 62 namespace { 63 64 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 65 public: 66 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 67 bool AllowTemplates=false) 68 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 69 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 70 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 71 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 72 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 73 } 74 75 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 76 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 77 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 78 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 79 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 80 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 81 } 82 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 83 } 84 85 private: 86 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 87 bool WantClassName; 88 bool AllowClassTemplates; 89 }; 90 91 } 92 93 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 94 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 95 switch (Kind) { 96 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 97 // token kind is a valid type specifier 98 case tok::kw_short: 99 case tok::kw_long: 100 case tok::kw___int64: 101 case tok::kw___int128: 102 case tok::kw_signed: 103 case tok::kw_unsigned: 104 case tok::kw_void: 105 case tok::kw_char: 106 case tok::kw_int: 107 case tok::kw_half: 108 case tok::kw_float: 109 case tok::kw_double: 110 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 111 case tok::kw_bool: 112 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 113 case tok::kw___auto_type: 114 return true; 115 116 case tok::annot_typename: 117 case tok::kw_char16_t: 118 case tok::kw_char32_t: 119 case tok::kw_typeof: 120 case tok::annot_decltype: 121 case tok::kw_decltype: 122 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 123 124 default: 125 break; 126 } 127 128 return false; 129 } 130 131 namespace { 132 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 133 NotFound, 134 FoundNonType, 135 FoundType 136 }; 137 } // namespace 138 139 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 140 /// dependent class. 141 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 142 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 143 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 144 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 145 SourceLocation NameLoc, 146 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 147 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 148 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 149 // Look for type decls in base classes. 150 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 151 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 152 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 153 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 154 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 155 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 156 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 157 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 158 // templates. 159 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 160 continue; 161 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 162 if (!TD) 163 continue; 164 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 165 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 166 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 167 continue; 168 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 169 } 170 if (BaseRD) { 171 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 172 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 173 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 174 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 175 } 176 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 177 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 178 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 179 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 180 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 181 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 182 break; 183 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 184 break; 185 } 186 } 187 } 188 } 189 190 return FoundTypeDecl; 191 } 192 193 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 194 const IdentifierInfo &II, 195 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 196 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 197 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 198 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 199 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 200 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 201 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 202 DC = DC->getParent()) { 203 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 204 // templates. 205 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 206 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 207 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 208 } 209 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 210 return nullptr; 211 212 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 213 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 214 // lookup during template instantiation. 215 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 216 217 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 218 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 219 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 220 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 221 222 CXXScopeSpec SS; 223 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 224 225 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 226 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 227 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 228 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 229 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 230 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 231 } 232 233 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 234 /// return the declaration of that type. 235 /// 236 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 237 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 238 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 239 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 240 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 241 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 242 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 243 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 244 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 245 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 246 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 247 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 248 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 249 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 250 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 251 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 252 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 253 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 254 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 255 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 256 257 if (!LookupCtx) { 258 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 259 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 260 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 261 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 262 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 263 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 264 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 265 // 266 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 267 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 268 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 269 return nullptr; 270 271 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 272 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 273 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 274 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 275 276 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 277 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 278 II, NameLoc); 279 return ParsedType::make(T); 280 } 281 282 return nullptr; 283 } 284 285 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 286 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 287 return nullptr; 288 } 289 290 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 291 // lookup for class-names. 292 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 293 LookupOrdinaryName; 294 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 295 if (LookupCtx) { 296 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 297 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 298 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 299 // nested-name-specifier. 300 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 301 302 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 303 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 304 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 305 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 306 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 307 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 308 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 309 LookupName(Result, S); 310 } 311 } else { 312 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 313 LookupName(Result, S); 314 315 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 316 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 317 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 318 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 319 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 320 return TypeInBase; 321 } 322 } 323 324 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 325 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 326 case LookupResult::NotFound: 327 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 328 if (CorrectedII) { 329 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 330 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 331 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 332 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 333 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 334 TemplateTy Template; 335 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 336 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 337 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 338 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 339 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 340 if (SS && NNS) { 341 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 342 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 343 } 344 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 345 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 346 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 347 // is handled elsewhere). 348 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 349 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 350 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 351 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 352 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 353 IsCtorOrDtorName, 354 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 355 if (Ty) { 356 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 357 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 358 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 359 if (SS && NNS) 360 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 361 *CorrectedII = NewII; 362 return Ty; 363 } 364 } 365 } 366 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 367 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 368 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 369 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 370 return nullptr; 371 372 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 373 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 374 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 375 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 376 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 377 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 378 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 379 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 380 return nullptr; 381 } 382 383 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 384 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 385 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 386 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 387 if (!IIDecl || 388 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 389 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 390 IIDecl = *Res; 391 } 392 } 393 394 if (!IIDecl) { 395 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 396 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 397 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 398 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 399 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 400 // a type name. 401 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 402 return nullptr; 403 } 404 405 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 406 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 407 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 408 // perform the name lookup again. 409 break; 410 411 case LookupResult::Found: 412 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 413 break; 414 } 415 416 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 417 418 QualType T; 419 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 420 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 421 422 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 423 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 424 425 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 426 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 427 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 428 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 429 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 430 // Construct a type with type-source information. 431 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 432 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 433 434 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 435 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 436 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 437 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 438 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 439 } else { 440 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 441 } 442 } 443 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 444 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 445 if (!HasTrailingDot) 446 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 447 } 448 449 if (T.isNull()) { 450 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 451 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 452 return nullptr; 453 } 454 return ParsedType::make(T); 455 } 456 457 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 458 static NestedNameSpecifier * 459 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 460 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 461 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 462 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 463 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 464 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 465 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 466 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 467 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 468 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 469 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 470 } 471 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 472 } 473 474 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 475 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 476 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 477 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 478 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 479 480 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 481 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 482 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 483 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 484 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 485 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 486 487 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 488 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 489 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 490 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 491 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 492 493 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 494 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 495 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 496 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 497 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 498 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 499 } 500 501 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 502 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 503 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 504 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 505 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 506 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 507 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 508 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 509 LookupName(R, S, false); 510 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 511 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 512 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 513 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 514 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 515 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 516 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 517 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 518 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 519 } 520 } 521 522 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 523 } 524 525 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 526 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 527 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 528 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 529 /// @code 530 /// template<class T> class A { 531 /// public: 532 /// typedef int TYPE; 533 /// }; 534 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 535 /// public: 536 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 537 /// }; 538 /// @endcode 539 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 540 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 541 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 542 return true; 543 544 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 545 546 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 547 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 548 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 549 return true; 550 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 551 } 552 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 553 } 554 555 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 556 SourceLocation IILoc, 557 Scope *S, 558 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 559 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 560 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 561 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 562 SuggestedType = nullptr; 563 564 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 565 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 566 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 567 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 568 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 569 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 570 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 571 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 572 // We corrected to a keyword. 573 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 574 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 575 } else { 576 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 577 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 578 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 579 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 580 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 581 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 582 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 583 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 584 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 585 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 586 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 587 } else { 588 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 589 } 590 591 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 592 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 593 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 594 SourceRange(IILoc)); 595 SuggestedType = 596 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 597 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 598 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 599 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 600 } 601 return; 602 } 603 604 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 605 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 606 UnqualifiedId Name; 607 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 608 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 609 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 610 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 611 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 612 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 613 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 614 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 615 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 616 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 617 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 618 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 619 } 620 return; 621 } 622 } 623 624 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 625 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 626 627 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 628 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 629 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 630 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 631 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 632 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 633 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 634 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 635 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 636 637 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 638 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 639 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 640 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 641 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 642 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 643 } else { 644 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 645 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 646 } 647 } 648 649 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 650 /// or 651 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 652 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 653 NextToken.is(tok::less); 654 655 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 656 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 657 return true; 658 659 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 660 return true; 661 } 662 663 return false; 664 } 665 666 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 667 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 668 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 669 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 670 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 671 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 672 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 673 StringRef FixItTagName; 674 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 675 case TTK_Class: 676 FixItTagName = "class "; 677 break; 678 679 case TTK_Enum: 680 FixItTagName = "enum "; 681 break; 682 683 case TTK_Struct: 684 FixItTagName = "struct "; 685 break; 686 687 case TTK_Interface: 688 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 689 break; 690 691 case TTK_Union: 692 FixItTagName = "union "; 693 break; 694 } 695 696 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 697 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 698 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 699 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 700 701 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 702 I != IEnd; ++I) 703 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 704 << Name << TagName; 705 706 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 707 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 708 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 709 return true; 710 } 711 712 return false; 713 } 714 715 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 716 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 717 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 718 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 719 720 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 721 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 722 723 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 724 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 725 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 726 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 727 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 728 } 729 730 Sema::NameClassification 731 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 732 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 733 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 734 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 735 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 736 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 737 738 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 739 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 740 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 741 } 742 743 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 744 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 745 746 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 747 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 748 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 749 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 750 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 751 return TypeInBase; 752 } 753 754 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 755 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 756 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 757 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 758 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 759 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 760 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 761 return E; 762 } 763 764 bool SecondTry = false; 765 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 766 767 Corrected: 768 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 769 case LookupResult::NotFound: 770 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 771 // call. 772 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 773 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 774 // FIXME: Reference? 775 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 776 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 777 778 // C90 6.3.2.2: 779 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 780 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 781 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 782 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 783 // the function call, the declaration 784 // 785 // extern int identifier (); 786 // 787 // appeared. 788 // 789 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 790 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 791 Result.addDecl(D); 792 Result.resolveKind(); 793 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 794 } 795 } 796 797 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 798 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 799 // "struct", or "union". 800 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 801 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 802 break; 803 } 804 805 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 806 // close to this name. 807 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 808 SecondTry = true; 809 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 810 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 811 &SS, std::move(CCC), 812 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 813 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 814 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 815 816 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 817 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 818 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 819 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 820 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 821 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 822 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 823 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 824 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 825 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 826 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 827 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 828 } 829 830 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 831 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 832 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 833 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 834 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 835 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 836 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 837 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 838 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 839 } 840 841 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 842 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 843 844 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 845 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 846 return Name; 847 848 // Also update the LookupResult... 849 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 850 Result.clear(); 851 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 852 if (FirstDecl) 853 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 854 855 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 856 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 857 // reference the ivar. 858 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 859 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 860 Result.clear(); 861 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 862 return E; 863 } 864 865 goto Corrected; 866 } 867 } 868 869 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 870 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 871 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 872 873 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 874 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 875 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 876 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 877 878 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 879 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 880 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 881 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 882 // qualified by the keyword typename. 883 // 884 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 885 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 886 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 887 // keyword here. 888 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 889 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 890 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 891 } 892 893 case LookupResult::Found: 894 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 895 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 896 break; 897 898 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 899 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 900 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 901 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 902 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 903 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 904 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 905 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 906 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 907 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 908 // ambiguous. 909 // 910 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 911 // so try again after filtering out template names. 912 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 913 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 914 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 915 break; 916 } 917 } 918 919 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 920 return NameClassification::Error(); 921 } 922 923 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 924 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 925 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 926 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 927 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 928 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 929 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 930 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 931 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 932 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 933 934 if (!Result.empty()) { 935 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 936 bool IsVarTemplate; 937 TemplateName Template; 938 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 939 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 940 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 941 Result.end()); 942 } else { 943 TemplateDecl *TD 944 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 945 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 946 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 947 948 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 949 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 950 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 951 TD); 952 else 953 Template = TemplateName(TD); 954 } 955 956 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 957 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 958 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 959 // to based on which function we selected. 960 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 961 962 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 963 } 964 965 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 966 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 967 } 968 } 969 970 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 971 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 972 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 973 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 974 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 975 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 976 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 977 return ParsedType::make(T); 978 } 979 980 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 981 if (!Class) { 982 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 983 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 984 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 985 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 986 } 987 988 if (Class) { 989 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 990 991 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 992 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 993 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 994 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 995 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 996 } 997 998 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 999 return ParsedType::make(T); 1000 } 1001 1002 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1003 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1004 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1005 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1006 1007 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1008 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1009 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1010 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1011 (NextIsOp && 1012 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1013 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1014 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1015 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1016 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1017 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1018 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1019 return ParsedType::make(T); 1020 } 1021 1022 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1023 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1024 nullptr, S); 1025 1026 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1027 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1028 } 1029 1030 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1031 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1032 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1033 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1034 1035 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1036 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1037 // the context we'll need to return to. 1038 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1039 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1040 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1041 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1042 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1043 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1044 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1045 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1046 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1047 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1048 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1049 1050 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1051 // lexical context. 1052 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1053 return DC; 1054 1055 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1056 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1057 // class is the context we need to return to. 1058 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1059 DC = RD; 1060 1061 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1062 // declared in. 1063 return DC; 1064 } 1065 1066 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1067 } 1068 1069 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1070 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1071 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1072 CurContext = DC; 1073 S->setEntity(DC); 1074 } 1075 1076 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1077 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1078 1079 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1080 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1081 } 1082 1083 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1084 Decl *D) { 1085 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1086 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1087 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1088 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1089 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1090 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1091 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1092 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1093 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1094 return Result; 1095 } 1096 1097 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1098 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1099 } 1100 1101 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1102 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1103 /// 1104 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1105 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1106 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1107 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1108 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1109 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1110 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1111 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1112 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1113 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1114 // namespace. 1115 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1116 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1117 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1118 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1119 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1120 1121 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1122 1123 #ifndef NDEBUG 1124 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1125 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1126 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1127 #endif 1128 1129 CurContext = DC; 1130 S->setEntity(DC); 1131 } 1132 1133 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1134 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1135 1136 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1137 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1138 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1139 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1140 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1141 1142 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1143 // disappear. 1144 } 1145 1146 1147 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1148 // We assume that the caller has already called 1149 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1150 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1151 if (!FD) 1152 return; 1153 1154 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1155 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1156 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1157 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1158 CurContext = FD; 1159 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1160 1161 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1162 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1163 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1164 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1165 S->AddDecl(Param); 1166 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1167 } 1168 } 1169 } 1170 1171 1172 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1173 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1174 // rather than the top-level class. 1175 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1176 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1177 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1178 } 1179 1180 1181 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1182 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1183 /// 1184 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1185 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1186 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1187 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1188 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1189 /// attribute. 1190 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1191 ASTContext &Context) { 1192 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1193 return true; 1194 1195 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1196 return true; 1197 1198 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1199 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1200 } 1201 1202 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1203 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1204 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1205 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1206 // scope. 1207 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1208 S = S->getParent(); 1209 1210 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1211 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1212 // into any context. 1213 if (AddToContext) 1214 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1215 1216 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1217 // are function-local declarations. 1218 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1219 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1220 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1221 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1222 return; 1223 1224 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1225 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1226 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1227 return; 1228 1229 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1230 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1231 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1232 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1233 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1234 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1235 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1236 1237 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1238 break; 1239 } 1240 } 1241 1242 S->AddDecl(D); 1243 1244 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1245 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1246 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1247 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1248 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1249 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1250 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1251 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1252 continue; 1253 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1254 break; 1255 } 1256 1257 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1258 } else { 1259 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1260 } 1261 } 1262 1263 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1264 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1265 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1266 } 1267 1268 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1269 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1270 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1271 } 1272 1273 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1274 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1275 do { 1276 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1277 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1278 return S; 1279 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1280 1281 return nullptr; 1282 } 1283 1284 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1285 DeclContext*, 1286 ASTContext&); 1287 1288 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1289 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1290 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1291 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1292 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1293 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1294 while (F.hasNext()) { 1295 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1296 1297 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1298 continue; 1299 1300 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1301 continue; 1302 1303 F.erase(); 1304 } 1305 1306 F.done(); 1307 } 1308 1309 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1310 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1311 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1312 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1313 } 1314 1315 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1316 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1317 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1318 while (F.hasNext()) 1319 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1320 F.erase(); 1321 1322 F.done(); 1323 } 1324 1325 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1326 /// @code 1327 /// class S { 1328 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1329 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1330 /// }; 1331 /// @endcode 1332 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1333 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1334 // the decl here. 1335 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1336 return false; 1337 1338 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1339 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1340 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1341 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1342 return false; 1343 } 1344 1345 // We need this to handle 1346 // 1347 // typedef struct { 1348 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1349 // } A; 1350 // 1351 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1352 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1353 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1354 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1355 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1356 // not. 1357 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1358 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1359 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1360 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1361 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1362 return true; 1363 } 1364 DC = DC->getParent(); 1365 } 1366 1367 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1368 } 1369 1370 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1371 // these semantics. 1372 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1373 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1374 return false; 1375 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1376 } 1377 1378 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1379 assert(D); 1380 1381 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1382 return false; 1383 1384 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1385 // of members of class templates. 1386 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1387 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1388 return false; 1389 1390 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1391 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1392 return false; 1393 1394 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1395 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1396 return false; 1397 } else { 1398 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1399 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1400 return false; 1401 } 1402 1403 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1404 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1405 return false; 1406 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1407 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1408 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1409 // like "inline".) 1410 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1411 return false; 1412 1413 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1414 return false; 1415 1416 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1417 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1418 return false; 1419 } else { 1420 return false; 1421 } 1422 1423 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1424 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1425 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1426 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1427 } 1428 1429 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1430 if (!D) 1431 return; 1432 1433 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1434 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1435 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1436 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1437 } 1438 1439 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1440 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1441 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1442 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1443 } 1444 1445 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1446 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1447 } 1448 1449 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1450 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1451 return false; 1452 1453 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1454 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1455 return false; 1456 1457 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1458 return true; 1459 1460 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1461 // functions. 1462 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1463 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1464 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1465 WithinFunction = 1466 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1467 if (!WithinFunction) 1468 return false; 1469 1470 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1471 return true; 1472 1473 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1474 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1475 return false; 1476 1477 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1478 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1479 1480 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1481 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1482 1483 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1484 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1485 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1486 return false; 1487 } 1488 1489 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1490 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1491 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1492 return false; 1493 1494 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1495 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1496 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1497 return false; 1498 1499 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1500 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1501 return false; 1502 1503 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1504 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1505 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1506 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1507 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1508 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1509 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1510 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1511 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1512 return false; 1513 } 1514 } 1515 } 1516 } 1517 1518 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1519 } 1520 1521 return true; 1522 } 1523 1524 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1525 FixItHint &Hint) { 1526 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1527 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1528 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1529 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1530 return; 1531 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1532 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1533 } 1534 return; 1535 } 1536 1537 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1538 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1539 return; 1540 1541 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1542 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1543 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1544 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1545 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1546 } 1547 } 1548 1549 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1550 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1551 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1552 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1553 return; 1554 1555 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1556 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1557 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1558 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1559 return; 1560 } 1561 1562 FixItHint Hint; 1563 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1564 1565 unsigned DiagID; 1566 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1567 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1568 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1569 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1570 else 1571 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1572 1573 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1574 } 1575 1576 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1577 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1578 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1579 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1580 // MS inline assembly label name. 1581 bool Diagnose = false; 1582 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1583 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1584 else 1585 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1586 if (Diagnose) 1587 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1588 } 1589 1590 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1591 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1592 1593 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1594 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1595 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1596 1597 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1598 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1599 1600 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1601 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1602 1603 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1604 1605 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1606 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1607 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1608 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1609 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1610 } 1611 1612 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1613 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1614 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1615 1616 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1617 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1618 } 1619 } 1620 1621 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1622 /// 1623 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1624 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1625 /// to the fixed name. 1626 /// 1627 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1628 /// 1629 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1630 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1631 /// 1632 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1633 /// class could not be found. 1634 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1635 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1636 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1637 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1638 // creation from this context. 1639 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1640 1641 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1642 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1643 // find an Objective-C class name. 1644 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1645 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1646 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1647 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1648 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1649 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1650 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1651 } 1652 } 1653 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1654 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1655 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1656 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1657 return Def; 1658 } 1659 1660 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1661 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1662 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1663 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1664 /// ill-formed in C++: 1665 /// @code 1666 /// struct S6 { 1667 /// enum { BAR } e; 1668 /// }; 1669 /// 1670 /// void test_S6() { 1671 /// struct S6 a; 1672 /// a.e = BAR; 1673 /// } 1674 /// @endcode 1675 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1676 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1677 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1678 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1679 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1680 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1681 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1682 /// contain non-field names. 1683 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1684 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1685 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1686 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1687 S = S->getParent(); 1688 return S; 1689 } 1690 1691 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1692 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1693 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1694 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1695 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1696 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1697 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1698 return; 1699 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1700 1701 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1702 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1703 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1704 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1705 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1706 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1707 } 1708 1709 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1710 switch (Error) { 1711 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1712 return ""; 1713 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1714 return "stdio.h"; 1715 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1716 return "setjmp.h"; 1717 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1718 return "ucontext.h"; 1719 } 1720 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1721 } 1722 1723 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1724 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1725 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1726 /// built-in. 1727 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1728 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1729 SourceLocation Loc) { 1730 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1731 1732 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1733 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1734 if (Error) { 1735 if (ForRedeclaration) 1736 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1737 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1738 return nullptr; 1739 } 1740 1741 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1742 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1743 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1744 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1745 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1746 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1747 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1748 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1749 } 1750 1751 if (R.isNull()) 1752 return nullptr; 1753 1754 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1755 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1756 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1757 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1758 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1759 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1760 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1761 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1762 } 1763 1764 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1765 Parent, 1766 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1767 SC_Extern, 1768 false, 1769 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1770 New->setImplicit(); 1771 1772 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1773 // FunctionDecl. 1774 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1775 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1776 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1777 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1778 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1779 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1780 SC_None, nullptr); 1781 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1782 Params.push_back(parm); 1783 } 1784 New->setParams(Params); 1785 } 1786 1787 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1788 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1789 1790 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1791 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1792 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1793 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1794 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1795 CurContext = Parent; 1796 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1797 CurContext = SavedContext; 1798 return New; 1799 } 1800 1801 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1802 /// entity if their types are the same. 1803 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1804 /// isSameEntity. 1805 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1806 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1807 LookupResult &Previous) { 1808 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1809 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1810 return; 1811 1812 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1813 if (Previous.empty()) 1814 return; 1815 1816 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1817 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1818 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1819 1820 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1821 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1822 continue; 1823 1824 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1825 // different linkages. 1826 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1827 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1828 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1829 continue; 1830 1831 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1832 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1833 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 1834 OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1835 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1836 continue; 1837 } 1838 1839 Filter.erase(); 1840 } 1841 1842 Filter.done(); 1843 } 1844 1845 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1846 QualType OldType; 1847 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1848 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1849 else 1850 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1851 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1852 1853 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1854 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1855 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1856 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1857 << Kind << NewType; 1858 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1859 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1860 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1861 return true; 1862 } 1863 1864 if (OldType != NewType && 1865 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1866 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1867 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1868 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1869 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1870 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1871 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1872 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1873 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1874 return true; 1875 } 1876 return false; 1877 } 1878 1879 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1880 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1881 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1882 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1883 /// 1884 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 1885 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1886 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1887 // merging checks. 1888 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1889 1890 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1891 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1892 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1893 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1894 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1895 default: break; 1896 case 2: 1897 { 1898 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1899 break; 1900 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1901 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1902 break; 1903 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1904 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1905 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1906 break; 1907 } 1908 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1909 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1910 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1911 return; 1912 } 1913 case 5: 1914 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1915 break; 1916 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1917 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1918 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1919 return; 1920 case 3: 1921 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1922 break; 1923 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1924 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1925 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1926 return; 1927 } 1928 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1929 } 1930 1931 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1932 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1933 if (!Old) { 1934 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1935 << New->getDeclName(); 1936 1937 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1938 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1939 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1940 1941 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1942 } 1943 1944 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1945 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1946 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1947 1948 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1949 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 1950 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 1951 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 1952 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 1953 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 1954 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 1955 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 1956 // instead of our tag. 1957 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 1958 if (OldTD->isModed()) 1959 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 1960 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 1961 else 1962 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 1963 1964 // Make the old tag definition visible. 1965 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 1966 1967 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 1968 // out of the scope. 1969 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 1970 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 1971 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 1972 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 1973 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 1974 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 1975 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 1976 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 1977 } 1978 } 1979 } 1980 } 1981 1982 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1983 // with any extensions enabled. 1984 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1985 return; 1986 1987 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1988 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1989 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1990 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1991 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1992 } 1993 1994 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1995 return; 1996 1997 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1998 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1999 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2000 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2001 // to the type to which it already refers. 2002 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2003 return; 2004 2005 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2006 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2007 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2008 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2009 // 2010 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2011 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2012 // 2013 // struct S { 2014 // typedef struct A { } A; 2015 // }; 2016 // 2017 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2018 // allow the above but disallow 2019 // 2020 // struct S { 2021 // typedef int I; 2022 // typedef int I; 2023 // }; 2024 // 2025 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2026 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2027 return; 2028 2029 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2030 << New->getDeclName(); 2031 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2032 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2033 } 2034 2035 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2036 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2037 return; 2038 2039 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2040 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2041 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2042 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2043 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2044 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2045 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2046 return; 2047 2048 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2049 << New->getDeclName(); 2050 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2051 } 2052 2053 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2054 /// attribute. 2055 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2056 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2057 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2058 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2059 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2060 if (Ann) { 2061 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2062 return true; 2063 continue; 2064 } 2065 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2066 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2067 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2068 return true; 2069 } 2070 2071 return false; 2072 } 2073 2074 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2075 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2076 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2077 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2078 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2079 return true; 2080 } 2081 2082 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2083 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2084 /// 2085 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2086 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2087 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2088 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2089 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2090 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2091 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2092 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2093 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2094 // in a case like: 2095 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2096 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2097 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2098 // definition in such a case. 2099 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2100 return false; 2101 2102 if (I->isAlignas()) 2103 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2104 2105 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2106 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2107 OldAlign = Align; 2108 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2109 } 2110 } 2111 2112 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2113 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2114 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2115 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2116 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2117 return false; 2118 2119 if (I->isAlignas()) 2120 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2121 2122 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2123 if (Align > NewAlign) 2124 NewAlign = Align; 2125 } 2126 2127 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2128 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2129 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2130 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2131 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2132 2133 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2134 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2135 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2136 QualType Ty; 2137 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2138 Ty = VD->getType(); 2139 else 2140 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2141 2142 if (OldAlign == 0) 2143 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2144 if (NewAlign == 0) 2145 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2146 } 2147 2148 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2149 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2150 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2151 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2152 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2153 } 2154 } 2155 2156 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2157 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2158 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2159 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2160 // equivalent alignment. 2161 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2162 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2163 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2164 // have no alignment specifier. 2165 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2166 << OldAlignasAttr; 2167 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2168 << OldAlignasAttr; 2169 } 2170 2171 bool AnyAdded = false; 2172 2173 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2174 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2175 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2176 Clone->setInherited(true); 2177 New->addAttr(Clone); 2178 AnyAdded = true; 2179 } 2180 2181 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2182 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2183 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2184 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2185 Clone->setInherited(true); 2186 New->addAttr(Clone); 2187 AnyAdded = true; 2188 } 2189 2190 return AnyAdded; 2191 } 2192 2193 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2194 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2195 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2196 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2197 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2198 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2199 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2200 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2201 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2202 AA->getMessage(), AMK, 2203 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2204 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2205 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2206 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2207 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2208 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2209 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2210 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2211 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2212 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2213 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2214 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2215 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2216 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2217 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2218 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2219 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2220 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2221 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2222 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2223 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2224 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2225 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2226 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2227 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2228 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2229 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2230 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2231 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2232 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2233 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2234 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2235 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2236 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2237 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2238 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2239 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2240 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2241 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2242 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2243 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2244 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2245 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2246 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2247 NewAttr = nullptr; 2248 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2249 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2250 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2251 NewAttr = nullptr; 2252 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2253 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2254 2255 if (NewAttr) { 2256 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2257 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2258 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2259 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2260 return true; 2261 } 2262 2263 return false; 2264 } 2265 2266 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2267 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2268 return TD->getDefinition(); 2269 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2270 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2271 if (Def) 2272 return Def; 2273 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2274 } 2275 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2276 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2277 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2278 return Def; 2279 } 2280 return nullptr; 2281 } 2282 2283 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2284 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2285 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2286 return true; 2287 return false; 2288 } 2289 2290 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2291 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2292 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2293 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2294 return; 2295 2296 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2297 if (!Def || Def == New) 2298 return; 2299 2300 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2301 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2302 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2303 2304 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2305 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2306 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2307 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2308 2309 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2310 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2311 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2312 --E; 2313 continue; 2314 } 2315 } else { 2316 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2317 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2318 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2319 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2320 : diag::err_redefinition; 2321 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2322 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2323 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2324 } 2325 ++I; 2326 continue; 2327 } 2328 2329 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2330 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2331 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2332 ++I; 2333 continue; 2334 } 2335 } 2336 2337 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2338 ++I; 2339 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2340 } 2341 2342 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2343 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2344 ++I; 2345 continue; 2346 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2347 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2348 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2349 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2350 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2351 // equivalent alignment. 2352 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2353 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2354 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2355 // have no alignment specifier. 2356 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2357 << AA; 2358 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2359 << AA; 2360 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2361 --E; 2362 continue; 2363 } 2364 } 2365 2366 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2367 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2368 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2369 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2370 --E; 2371 } 2372 } 2373 2374 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2375 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2376 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2377 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2378 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2379 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2380 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2381 } 2382 2383 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2384 return; 2385 2386 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2387 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2388 2389 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2390 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2391 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2392 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2393 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2394 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2395 } 2396 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2397 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2398 // already been ODR-used. 2399 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2400 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2401 } 2402 } 2403 2404 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2405 return; 2406 2407 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2408 2409 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2410 // we process them. 2411 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2412 2413 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2414 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2415 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2416 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2417 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2418 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2419 switch (AMK) { 2420 case AMK_None: 2421 continue; 2422 2423 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2424 case AMK_Override: 2425 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2426 LocalAMK = AMK; 2427 break; 2428 } 2429 } 2430 2431 // Already handled. 2432 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2433 continue; 2434 2435 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2436 foundAny = true; 2437 } 2438 2439 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2440 foundAny = true; 2441 2442 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2443 } 2444 2445 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2446 /// to the new one. 2447 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2448 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2449 Sema &S) { 2450 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2451 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2452 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2453 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2454 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2455 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2456 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2457 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2458 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2459 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2460 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2461 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2462 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2463 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2464 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2465 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2466 } 2467 2468 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2469 return; 2470 2471 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2472 2473 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2474 // done before we process them. 2475 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2476 2477 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2478 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2479 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2480 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2481 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2482 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2483 foundAny = true; 2484 } 2485 } 2486 2487 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2488 } 2489 2490 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2491 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2492 Sema &S) { 2493 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2494 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2495 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2496 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2497 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2498 *Newnullability, 2499 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2500 != 0)) 2501 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2502 *Oldnullability, 2503 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2504 != 0)); 2505 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2506 } 2507 } else { 2508 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2509 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2510 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2511 NewT, NewT); 2512 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2513 } 2514 } 2515 } 2516 2517 namespace { 2518 2519 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2520 /// C. 2521 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2522 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2523 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2524 QualType PromotedType; 2525 }; 2526 2527 } 2528 2529 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2530 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2531 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2532 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2533 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2534 2535 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2536 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2537 2538 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2539 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2540 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2541 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2542 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2543 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2544 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2545 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2546 } 2547 2548 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2549 } 2550 2551 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2552 // declaration, or a declaration. 2553 template <typename T> 2554 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2555 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2556 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2557 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2558 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2559 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2560 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2561 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2562 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2563 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2564 } else 2565 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2566 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2567 } 2568 2569 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2570 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2571 /// GNU89 mode. 2572 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2573 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2574 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2575 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2576 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2577 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2578 } 2579 2580 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2581 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2582 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2583 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2584 return AT; 2585 } 2586 2587 template <typename T> 2588 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2589 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2590 if (DC->isRecord()) 2591 return false; 2592 2593 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2594 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2595 return true; 2596 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2597 return true; 2598 return false; 2599 } 2600 2601 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2602 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2603 2604 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2605 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2606 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2607 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2608 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2609 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2610 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2611 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2612 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2613 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2614 // and function templates; or 2615 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2616 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2617 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2618 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2619 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2620 2621 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2622 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2623 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2624 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2625 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2626 2627 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2628 if (Old && 2629 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2630 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2631 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2632 Old = nullptr; 2633 2634 if (!Old) { 2635 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2636 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2637 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2638 return true; 2639 } 2640 return false; 2641 } 2642 2643 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2644 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2645 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2646 2647 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2648 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2649 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2650 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2651 return true; 2652 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2653 }; 2654 2655 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2656 } 2657 2658 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2659 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2660 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2661 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2662 /// 2663 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2664 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2665 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2666 /// merged with. 2667 /// 2668 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2669 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2670 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2671 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2672 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2673 if (!Old) { 2674 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2675 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2676 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2677 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2678 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2679 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2680 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2681 return true; 2682 } 2683 2684 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2685 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2686 return true; 2687 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2688 } else { 2689 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2690 << New->getDeclName(); 2691 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2692 return true; 2693 } 2694 } 2695 2696 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2697 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2698 return true; 2699 2700 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2701 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2702 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2703 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2704 2705 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2706 // is an extern inline function. 2707 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2708 // storage classes. 2709 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2710 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2711 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2712 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2713 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2714 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2715 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2716 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2717 } else { 2718 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2719 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2720 return true; 2721 } 2722 } 2723 2724 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2725 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 2726 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 2727 << New->getDeclName(); 2728 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2729 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 2730 } 2731 2732 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2733 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2734 // convention of the first. 2735 // 2736 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2737 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2738 // 2739 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2740 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2741 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2742 // 2743 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2744 // other tests to run. 2745 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2746 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2747 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2748 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2749 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2750 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2751 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2752 2753 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2754 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2755 const FunctionType *FT = 2756 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2757 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2758 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2759 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2760 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2761 // there but not here. 2762 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2763 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2764 } else { 2765 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2766 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2767 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2768 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2769 << !FirstCCExplicit 2770 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2771 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2772 2773 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2774 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2775 return true; 2776 } 2777 } 2778 2779 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2780 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2781 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2782 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2783 } 2784 2785 // Merge regparm attribute. 2786 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2787 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2788 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2789 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2790 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2791 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2792 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2793 return true; 2794 } 2795 2796 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2797 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2798 } 2799 2800 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2801 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2802 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2803 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2804 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2805 return true; 2806 } 2807 2808 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2809 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2810 } 2811 2812 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2813 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2814 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2815 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2816 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2817 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2818 } 2819 2820 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2821 // UndefinedButUsed. 2822 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2823 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2824 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2825 Old->isUsed(false) && 2826 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2827 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2828 SourceLocation())); 2829 2830 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2831 // about it. 2832 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2833 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2834 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2835 } 2836 2837 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 2838 // redeclaration. 2839 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 2840 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 2841 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 2842 << New->getDeclName(); 2843 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2844 return true; 2845 } 2846 2847 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2848 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2849 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2850 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2851 // cannot be overloaded. 2852 2853 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2854 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2855 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2856 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2857 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2858 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2859 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2860 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2861 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2862 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2863 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2864 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2865 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2866 QualType ResQT; 2867 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2868 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2869 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2870 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2871 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2872 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2873 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2874 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2875 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2876 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2877 else 2878 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2879 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2880 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2881 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2882 return true; 2883 } 2884 else 2885 NewQType = ResQT; 2886 } 2887 2888 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2889 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2890 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2891 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2892 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2893 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2894 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2895 New->setType( 2896 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2897 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2898 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2899 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2900 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2901 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2902 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2903 } 2904 } 2905 2906 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2907 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2908 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2909 // Preserve triviality. 2910 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2911 2912 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2913 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2914 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2915 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2916 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2917 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2918 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2919 2920 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2921 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2922 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2923 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2924 // is a static member function declaration. 2925 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2926 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2927 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2928 return true; 2929 } 2930 2931 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2932 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2933 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2934 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2935 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2936 unsigned NewDiag; 2937 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2938 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2939 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2940 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2941 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2942 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2943 else 2944 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2945 2946 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2947 } else { 2948 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2949 << New << New->getType(); 2950 } 2951 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2952 return true; 2953 2954 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2955 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2956 // 2957 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2958 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2959 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2960 if (isFriend) { 2961 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2962 } else { 2963 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2964 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2965 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2966 return true; 2967 } 2968 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2969 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2970 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2971 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2972 return true; 2973 } 2974 } 2975 2976 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2977 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2978 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2979 // attribute. 2980 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2981 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2982 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2983 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2984 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2985 } 2986 2987 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2988 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2989 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2990 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2991 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2992 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2993 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2994 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2995 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2996 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2997 } 2998 2999 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3000 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3001 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3002 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3003 3004 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3005 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3006 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3007 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 3008 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3009 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3010 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3011 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3012 } 3013 3014 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3015 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3016 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3017 // 3018 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3019 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3020 // linkage within class scope. 3021 // 3022 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3023 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3024 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3025 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3026 } else { 3027 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3028 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3029 return true; 3030 } 3031 } 3032 3033 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3034 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3035 3036 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3037 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 3038 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 3039 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 3040 // when we instantiate the function. 3041 return false; 3042 } 3043 3044 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3045 } 3046 3047 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3048 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3049 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3050 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3051 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3052 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3053 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3054 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3055 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3056 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3057 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3058 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3059 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3060 NewQType = 3061 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3062 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3063 New->setType(NewQType); 3064 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3065 3066 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3067 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3068 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3069 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3070 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3071 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3072 SC_None, nullptr); 3073 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3074 Param->setImplicit(); 3075 Params.push_back(Param); 3076 } 3077 3078 New->setParams(Params); 3079 } 3080 3081 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3082 } 3083 3084 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3085 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3086 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3087 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3088 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3089 // the prototype. 3090 // 3091 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3092 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3093 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3094 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3095 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3096 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3097 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3098 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3099 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3100 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3101 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3102 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3103 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3104 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3105 3106 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3107 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3108 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3109 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3110 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3111 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3112 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3113 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3114 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3115 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3116 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3117 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3118 NewParm->getType(), 3119 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3120 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3121 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3122 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3123 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3124 } else 3125 LooseCompatible = false; 3126 } 3127 3128 if (LooseCompatible) { 3129 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3130 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3131 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3132 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3133 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3134 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3135 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3136 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3137 } 3138 3139 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3140 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3141 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3142 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3143 } 3144 3145 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3146 } 3147 3148 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3149 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3150 3151 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3152 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3153 unsigned BuiltinID; 3154 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3155 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3156 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3157 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3158 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3159 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3160 << Old << Old->getType(); 3161 3162 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3163 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3164 // 3165 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3166 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3167 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3168 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3169 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3170 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3171 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3172 3173 return false; 3174 } 3175 3176 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3177 } 3178 3179 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3180 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3181 return true; 3182 } 3183 3184 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3185 /// known to be compatible. 3186 /// 3187 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3188 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3189 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3190 /// redeclaration of Old. 3191 /// 3192 /// \returns false 3193 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3194 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3195 // Merge the attributes 3196 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3197 3198 // Merge "pure" flag. 3199 if (Old->isPure()) 3200 New->setPure(); 3201 3202 // Merge "used" flag. 3203 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3204 New->setIsUsed(); 3205 3206 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3207 // declarations. 3208 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3209 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3210 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3211 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3212 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3213 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3214 } 3215 3216 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3217 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3218 3219 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3220 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3221 // was visible. 3222 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3223 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3224 New->setType(Merged); 3225 3226 return false; 3227 } 3228 3229 3230 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3231 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3232 3233 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3234 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3235 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3236 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3237 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3238 : AMK_Override; 3239 3240 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3241 3242 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3243 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3244 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3245 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3246 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3247 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3248 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3249 3250 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3251 } 3252 3253 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3254 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3255 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3256 /// 3257 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3258 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3259 /// is attached. 3260 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3261 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3262 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3263 return; 3264 3265 QualType MergedT; 3266 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3267 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3268 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3269 return; 3270 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3271 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3272 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3273 } 3274 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3275 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3276 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3277 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3278 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3279 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 3280 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3281 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3282 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3283 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3284 NewArray->getElementType())) 3285 MergedT = New->getType(); 3286 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 3287 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3288 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3289 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3290 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3291 NewArray->getElementType())) 3292 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3293 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3294 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3295 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3296 Old->getType()); 3297 } 3298 } else { 3299 // C 6.2.7p2: 3300 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3301 // compatible type. 3302 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3303 } 3304 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3305 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3306 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3307 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3308 // equivalent. 3309 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3310 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3311 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3312 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3313 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3314 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3315 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3316 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3317 return; 3318 } 3319 3320 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 3321 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 3322 // 3323 // extern int arr[]; 3324 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 3325 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 3326 // 3327 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 3328 // to diagnose it. 3329 Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3330 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3331 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3332 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3333 3334 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3335 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3336 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3337 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3338 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3339 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3340 } 3341 3342 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3343 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3344 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3345 New->setType(MergedT); 3346 } 3347 3348 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3349 LookupResult &Previous) { 3350 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3351 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3352 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3353 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3354 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3355 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3356 // 3357 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3358 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3359 return false; 3360 3361 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3362 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3363 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3364 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3365 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3366 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3367 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3368 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3369 } else { 3370 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3371 // type unless we're in the same function. 3372 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3373 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3374 } 3375 } 3376 3377 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3378 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3379 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3380 /// 3381 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3382 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3383 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3384 /// 3385 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3386 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3387 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3388 return; 3389 3390 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3391 return; 3392 3393 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3394 3395 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3396 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3397 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3398 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3399 if (NewTemplate) { 3400 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3401 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3402 3403 if (auto *Shadow = 3404 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3405 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3406 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3407 } else { 3408 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3409 3410 if (auto *Shadow = 3411 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3412 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3413 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3414 } 3415 } 3416 if (!Old) { 3417 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3418 << New->getDeclName(); 3419 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3420 diag::note_previous_definition); 3421 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3422 } 3423 3424 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3425 if (NewTemplate && 3426 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3427 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3428 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3429 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3430 3431 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3432 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3433 // 3434 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3435 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3436 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3437 << New->getIdentifier(); 3438 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3439 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3440 } 3441 3442 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3443 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3444 // declaration 3445 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3446 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3447 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3448 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3449 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3450 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3451 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3452 } 3453 3454 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3455 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3456 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3457 << New->getDeclName(); 3458 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3459 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3460 } 3461 3462 // Merge the types. 3463 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3464 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3465 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3466 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3467 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3468 return; 3469 } 3470 3471 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3472 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3473 return; 3474 3475 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3476 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3477 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3478 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3479 3480 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3481 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3482 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3483 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3484 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3485 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3486 << New->getDeclName(); 3487 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3488 } else { 3489 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3490 << New->getDeclName(); 3491 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3492 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3493 } 3494 } 3495 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3496 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3497 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3498 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3499 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3500 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3501 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3502 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3503 // identifier has external linkage. 3504 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3505 /* Okay */; 3506 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3507 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3508 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3509 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3510 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3511 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3512 } 3513 3514 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3515 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3516 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3517 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3518 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3519 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3520 } 3521 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3522 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3523 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3524 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3525 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3526 } 3527 3528 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3529 3530 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3531 // need to check for mismatches. 3532 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3533 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3534 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3535 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3536 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3537 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3538 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3539 } 3540 3541 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3542 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3543 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3544 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3545 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3546 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3547 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3548 } else { 3549 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3550 // static and dynamic initialization. 3551 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3552 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3553 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3554 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3555 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3556 } 3557 } 3558 3559 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3560 VarDecl *Def; 3561 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3562 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3563 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3564 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 3565 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 3566 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3567 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3568 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3569 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3570 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3571 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 3572 } else { 3573 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3574 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3575 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3576 return; 3577 } 3578 } 3579 3580 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3581 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3582 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3583 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3584 return; 3585 } 3586 3587 // Merge "used" flag. 3588 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3589 New->setIsUsed(); 3590 3591 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3592 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3593 if (NewTemplate) 3594 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3595 3596 // Inherit access appropriately. 3597 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3598 if (NewTemplate) 3599 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3600 } 3601 3602 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3603 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3604 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3605 DeclSpec &DS) { 3606 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3607 } 3608 3609 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3610 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3611 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3612 // compatibility. 3613 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3614 // targeted. 3615 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3616 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3617 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3618 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3619 } 3620 3621 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3622 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3623 return; 3624 3625 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3626 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3627 // it is anonymous. 3628 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3629 return; 3630 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3631 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3632 Context.setManglingNumber( 3633 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3634 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3635 return; 3636 } 3637 3638 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3639 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3640 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3641 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3642 Context.setManglingNumber( 3643 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3644 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3645 } 3646 } 3647 3648 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3649 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3650 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 3651 return; 3652 3653 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 3654 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 3655 return; 3656 3657 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3658 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3659 3660 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3661 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3662 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 3663 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3664 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 3665 return; 3666 } 3667 3668 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3669 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3670 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3671 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3672 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3673 // for how to handle it. 3674 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3675 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3676 3677 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3678 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3679 3680 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3681 textToInsert += ' '; 3682 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3683 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3684 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3685 return; 3686 } 3687 3688 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3689 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3690 } 3691 3692 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3693 switch (T) { 3694 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3695 return 0; 3696 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3697 return 1; 3698 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3699 return 2; 3700 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3701 return 3; 3702 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3703 return 4; 3704 default: 3705 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3706 } 3707 } 3708 3709 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3710 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3711 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3712 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3713 DeclSpec &DS, 3714 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3715 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3716 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3717 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3718 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3719 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3720 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3721 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3722 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3723 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3724 3725 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3726 return nullptr; 3727 3728 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3729 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3730 // it's a Type. 3731 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3732 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3733 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3734 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3735 } 3736 3737 if (Tag) { 3738 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3739 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3740 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3741 return Tag; 3742 } 3743 3744 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3745 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3746 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3747 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3748 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3749 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3750 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3751 } 3752 3753 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3754 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3755 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3756 if (Tag) 3757 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3758 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3759 else 3760 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3761 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3762 return TagD; 3763 } 3764 3765 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3766 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3767 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3768 // its initializer. 3769 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3770 return TagD; 3771 } 3772 3773 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3774 3775 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3776 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3777 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3778 if (TagD && !Tag) 3779 return nullptr; 3780 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3781 } 3782 3783 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3784 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3785 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3786 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3787 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 3788 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 3789 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3790 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3791 // or an explicit specialization. 3792 // 3793 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 3794 // obvious intent of DR1819. 3795 // 3796 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3797 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3798 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3799 return nullptr; 3800 } 3801 3802 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3803 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3804 3805 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3806 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3807 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3808 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3809 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3810 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3811 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3812 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3813 3814 DeclaresAnything = false; 3815 } 3816 } 3817 3818 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3819 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3820 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3821 // 3822 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3823 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3824 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3825 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3826 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3827 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3828 // struct STRUCT; 3829 // union UNION; 3830 // and 3831 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3832 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3833 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3834 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3835 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3836 if (Tag) 3837 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3838 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3839 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3840 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3841 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3842 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3843 3844 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3845 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3846 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3847 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3848 } 3849 3850 DeclaresAnything = false; 3851 } 3852 } 3853 3854 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3855 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3856 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3857 return TagD; 3858 3859 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3860 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3861 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3862 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3863 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3864 DeclaresAnything = false; 3865 3866 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3867 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3868 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3869 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3870 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3871 else 3872 DeclaresAnything = false; 3873 } 3874 3875 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3876 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3877 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3878 << Tag->getTagKind() 3879 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3880 3881 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3882 3883 // C 6.7/2: 3884 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3885 // or the members of an enumeration. 3886 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3887 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3888 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3889 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3890 // previous declaration. 3891 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3892 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3893 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3894 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3895 return TagD; 3896 } 3897 3898 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3899 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3900 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3901 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3902 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3903 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3904 // 3905 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3906 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3907 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3908 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3909 3910 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3911 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3912 // useless. 3913 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3914 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3915 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3916 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3917 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3918 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3919 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3920 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3921 } 3922 3923 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3924 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3925 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3926 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3927 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3928 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3929 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3930 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3931 // Restrict is covered above. 3932 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3933 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3934 } 3935 3936 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3937 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3938 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3939 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3940 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3941 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3942 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3943 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3944 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3945 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3946 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 3947 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 3948 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3949 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 3950 } 3951 } 3952 3953 return TagD; 3954 } 3955 3956 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3957 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3958 /// 3959 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3960 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3961 Scope *S, 3962 DeclContext *Owner, 3963 DeclarationName Name, 3964 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3965 bool IsUnion) { 3966 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3967 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3968 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3969 3970 // Pick a representative declaration. 3971 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3972 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3973 3974 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3975 return false; 3976 3977 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 3978 << IsUnion << Name; 3979 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3980 3981 return true; 3982 } 3983 3984 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3985 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3986 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3987 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3988 /// struct, e.g., 3989 /// 3990 /// @code 3991 /// union { 3992 /// int i; 3993 /// float f; 3994 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3995 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3996 /// @endcode 3997 /// 3998 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3999 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4000 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 4001 DeclContext *Owner, 4002 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 4003 AccessSpecifier AS, 4004 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 4005 bool MSAnonStruct) { 4006 bool Invalid = false; 4007 4008 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4009 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4010 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4011 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4012 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4013 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4014 VD->getLocation(), 4015 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4016 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4017 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4018 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4019 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4020 Invalid = true; 4021 } else { 4022 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4023 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4024 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4025 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4026 // anonymous union is declared. 4027 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4028 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4029 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4030 else 4031 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4032 4033 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4034 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4035 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4036 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4037 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4038 4039 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4040 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4041 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 4042 4043 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4044 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4045 4046 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4047 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4048 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4049 4050 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4051 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4052 4053 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4054 } 4055 } 4056 } 4057 4058 return Invalid; 4059 } 4060 4061 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4062 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4063 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4064 static StorageClass 4065 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4066 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4067 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4068 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4069 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4070 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4071 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4072 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4073 return SC_None; 4074 return SC_Extern; 4075 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4076 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4077 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4078 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4079 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4080 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4081 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4082 } 4083 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4084 } 4085 4086 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4087 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4088 4089 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4090 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4091 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4092 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4093 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4094 return FD->getLocation(); 4095 } 4096 4097 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4098 } 4099 4100 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4101 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4102 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4103 return; 4104 4105 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4106 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4107 } 4108 4109 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4110 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4111 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4112 return; 4113 4114 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4115 } 4116 4117 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4118 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4119 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4120 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4121 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4122 AccessSpecifier AS, 4123 RecordDecl *Record, 4124 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4125 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4126 4127 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4128 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4129 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4130 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4131 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4132 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4133 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4134 4135 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4136 // structs/unions. 4137 bool Invalid = false; 4138 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4139 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4140 unsigned DiagID; 4141 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4142 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4143 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4144 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4145 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4146 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4147 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4148 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4149 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4150 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4151 4152 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4153 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4154 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4155 } 4156 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4157 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4158 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4159 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4160 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4161 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4162 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4163 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4164 4165 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4166 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4167 SourceLocation(), 4168 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4169 } 4170 } 4171 4172 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4173 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4174 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4175 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4176 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4177 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4178 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4179 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4180 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4181 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4182 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4183 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4184 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4185 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4186 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4187 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4188 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4189 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4190 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4191 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4192 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4193 4194 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4195 } 4196 4197 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4198 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4199 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4200 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4201 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4202 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4203 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4204 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4205 // members (clause 11). 4206 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4207 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4208 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4209 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4210 Invalid = true; 4211 } 4212 4213 // C++ [class.union]p1 4214 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4215 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4216 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4217 // array of such objects. 4218 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4219 Invalid = true; 4220 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4221 // Any implicit members are fine. 4222 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4223 // This is a type that showed up in an 4224 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4225 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4226 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4227 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4228 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4229 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4230 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4231 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4232 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4233 << Record->isUnion(); 4234 else { 4235 // This is a nested type declaration. 4236 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4237 << Record->isUnion(); 4238 Invalid = true; 4239 } 4240 } else { 4241 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4242 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4243 // not part of standard C++. 4244 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4245 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4246 << Record->isUnion(); 4247 } 4248 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4249 // Any access specifier is fine. 4250 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4251 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4252 } else { 4253 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4254 // member. Complain about it. 4255 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4256 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4257 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4258 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4259 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4260 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4261 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4262 4263 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4264 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4265 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4266 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4267 << Record->isUnion(); 4268 else { 4269 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4270 Invalid = true; 4271 } 4272 } 4273 } 4274 4275 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4276 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4277 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4278 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4279 Owner->isRecord()) 4280 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4281 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4282 } 4283 4284 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4285 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4286 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4287 Invalid = true; 4288 } 4289 4290 // Mock up a declarator. 4291 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4292 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4293 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4294 4295 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4296 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4297 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4298 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4299 DS.getLocStart(), 4300 Record->getLocation(), 4301 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4302 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4303 TInfo, 4304 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4305 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4306 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4307 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4308 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4309 } else { 4310 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4311 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4312 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4313 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4314 // an error here 4315 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4316 Invalid = true; 4317 SC = SC_None; 4318 } 4319 4320 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4321 DS.getLocStart(), 4322 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4323 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4324 TInfo, SC); 4325 4326 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4327 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4328 // initializer: 4329 // union { int n = 0; }; 4330 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4331 } 4332 Anon->setImplicit(); 4333 4334 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4335 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4336 4337 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4338 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4339 // its members. 4340 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4341 4342 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4343 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4344 // purposes. 4345 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4346 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4347 4348 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 4349 Chain, false)) 4350 Invalid = true; 4351 4352 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4353 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4354 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4355 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4356 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4357 Context.setManglingNumber( 4358 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4359 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4360 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4361 } 4362 } 4363 } 4364 4365 if (Invalid) 4366 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4367 4368 return Anon; 4369 } 4370 4371 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4372 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4373 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4374 /// Example: 4375 /// 4376 /// struct A { int a; }; 4377 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4378 /// 4379 /// void foo() { 4380 /// B var; 4381 /// var.a = 3; 4382 /// } 4383 /// 4384 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4385 RecordDecl *Record) { 4386 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4387 4388 // Mock up a declarator. 4389 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4390 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4391 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4392 4393 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4394 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4395 4396 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4397 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4398 ParentDecl, 4399 DS.getLocStart(), 4400 DS.getLocStart(), 4401 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4402 RecTy, 4403 TInfo, 4404 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4405 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4406 Anon->setImplicit(); 4407 4408 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4409 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4410 4411 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4412 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4413 // purposes. 4414 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4415 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4416 4417 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4418 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4419 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4420 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4421 AS_none, Chain, true)) { 4422 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4423 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4424 } 4425 4426 return Anon; 4427 } 4428 4429 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4430 /// given Declarator. 4431 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4432 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4433 } 4434 4435 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4436 DeclarationNameInfo 4437 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4438 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4439 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4440 4441 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4442 4443 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4444 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4445 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4446 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4447 return NameInfo; 4448 4449 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4450 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4451 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4452 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4453 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4454 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4455 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4456 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4457 return NameInfo; 4458 4459 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4460 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4461 Name.Identifier)); 4462 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4463 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4464 return NameInfo; 4465 4466 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4467 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4468 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4469 if (Ty.isNull()) 4470 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4471 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4472 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4473 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4474 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4475 return NameInfo; 4476 } 4477 4478 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4479 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4480 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4481 if (Ty.isNull()) 4482 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4483 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4484 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4485 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4486 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4487 return NameInfo; 4488 } 4489 4490 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4491 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4492 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4493 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4494 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4495 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4496 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4497 4498 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4499 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4500 4501 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4502 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4503 // was qualified. 4504 4505 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4506 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4507 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4508 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4509 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4510 return NameInfo; 4511 } 4512 4513 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4514 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4515 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4516 if (Ty.isNull()) 4517 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4518 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4519 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4520 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4521 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4522 return NameInfo; 4523 } 4524 4525 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4526 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4527 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4528 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4529 } 4530 4531 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4532 4533 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4534 } 4535 4536 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4537 do { 4538 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4539 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4540 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4541 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4542 else 4543 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4544 } while (true); 4545 } 4546 4547 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4548 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4549 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4550 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4551 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4552 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4553 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4554 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4555 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4556 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4557 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4558 Params.clear(); 4559 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4560 return false; 4561 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4562 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4563 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4564 4565 // The parameter types are identical 4566 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4567 continue; 4568 4569 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4570 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4571 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4572 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4573 4574 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4575 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4576 Params.push_back(Idx); 4577 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4578 return false; 4579 } 4580 4581 return true; 4582 } 4583 4584 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4585 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4586 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4587 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4588 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4589 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4590 DeclarationName Name) { 4591 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4592 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4593 // - types which will become injected class names 4594 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4595 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4596 // few cases here. 4597 4598 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4599 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4600 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4601 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4602 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4603 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4604 // Grab the type from the parser. 4605 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4606 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4607 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4608 4609 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4610 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4611 // attached already. 4612 if (!TSI) 4613 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4614 4615 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4616 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4617 if (!TSI) return true; 4618 4619 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4620 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4621 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4622 break; 4623 } 4624 4625 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4626 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4627 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4628 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4629 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4630 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4631 break; 4632 } 4633 4634 default: 4635 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4636 break; 4637 } 4638 4639 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4640 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4641 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4642 4643 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4644 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4645 // pointer. 4646 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4647 continue; 4648 4649 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4650 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4651 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4652 return true; 4653 } 4654 4655 return false; 4656 } 4657 4658 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4659 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4660 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4661 4662 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4663 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4664 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4665 4666 return Dcl; 4667 } 4668 4669 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4670 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4671 /// name different from T: 4672 /// - every static data member of class T; 4673 /// - every member function of class T 4674 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4675 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4676 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4677 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4678 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4679 4680 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4681 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 4682 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 4683 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4684 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4685 return true; 4686 } 4687 4688 return false; 4689 } 4690 4691 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4692 /// nested-name-specifier. 4693 /// 4694 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4695 /// 4696 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4697 /// resolves. 4698 /// 4699 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4700 /// 4701 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4702 /// 4703 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4704 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4705 DeclarationName Name, 4706 SourceLocation Loc) { 4707 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4708 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4709 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4710 4711 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4712 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4713 // 4714 // class X { 4715 // void X::f(); 4716 // }; 4717 // 4718 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4719 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4720 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4721 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4722 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4723 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4724 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4725 SS.clear(); 4726 } else { 4727 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4728 } 4729 return false; 4730 } 4731 4732 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4733 // declaration. 4734 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4735 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4736 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4737 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4738 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4739 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4740 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4741 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4742 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4743 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4744 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4745 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4746 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4747 else 4748 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4749 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4750 4751 return true; 4752 } 4753 4754 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4755 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4756 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4757 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4758 SS.clear(); 4759 4760 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4761 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4762 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4763 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4764 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4765 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4766 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4767 return true; 4768 4769 return false; 4770 } 4771 4772 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4773 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4774 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4775 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4776 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4777 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4778 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4779 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4780 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4781 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4782 4783 return false; 4784 } 4785 4786 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4787 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4788 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4789 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4790 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4791 4792 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4793 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4794 if (!Name) { 4795 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4796 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4797 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4798 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4799 return nullptr; 4800 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4801 return nullptr; 4802 4803 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4804 // we find one that is. 4805 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4806 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4807 S = S->getParent(); 4808 4809 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4810 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4811 D.setInvalidType(); 4812 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4813 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4814 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4815 return nullptr; 4816 4817 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4818 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4819 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4820 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4821 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4822 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4823 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4824 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4825 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4826 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4827 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4828 return nullptr; 4829 } 4830 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4831 4832 if (!IsDependentContext && 4833 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4834 return nullptr; 4835 4836 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 4837 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4838 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4839 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4840 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4841 return nullptr; 4842 } 4843 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4844 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4845 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4846 if (DC->isRecord()) 4847 return nullptr; 4848 4849 D.setInvalidType(); 4850 } 4851 } 4852 4853 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4854 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4855 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4856 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4857 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4858 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4859 D.setInvalidType(); 4860 } 4861 } 4862 4863 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4864 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4865 4866 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4867 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4868 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 4869 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 4870 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4871 return nullptr; 4872 4873 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4874 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4875 D.setInvalidType(); 4876 4877 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4878 ForRedeclaration); 4879 4880 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4881 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4882 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4883 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4884 4885 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4886 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4887 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4888 // 4889 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4890 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4891 // the same name. 4892 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4893 /* Do nothing*/; 4894 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4895 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4896 R->isFunctionType())) { 4897 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4898 CreateBuiltins = 4899 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4900 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4901 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4902 CreateBuiltins = true; 4903 4904 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4905 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4906 4907 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4908 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4909 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4910 4911 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4912 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4913 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4914 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4915 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4916 // thereof; [...] 4917 // 4918 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4919 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4920 // we want to match. For example, given: 4921 // 4922 // class X { 4923 // void f(); 4924 // void f(float); 4925 // }; 4926 // 4927 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4928 // 4929 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4930 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4931 // matches. 4932 4933 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4934 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4935 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4936 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4937 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4938 } 4939 4940 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4941 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4942 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4943 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4944 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4945 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4946 4947 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4948 Previous.clear(); 4949 } 4950 4951 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4952 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4953 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4954 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4955 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4956 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4957 Previous.clear(); 4958 4959 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4960 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4961 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4962 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4963 4964 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 4965 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 4966 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 4967 // template, declared in namespace scope 4968 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4969 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 4970 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 4971 return nullptr; 4972 } 4973 4974 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 4975 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4976 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 4977 return nullptr; 4978 } 4979 } 4980 4981 NamedDecl *New; 4982 4983 bool AddToScope = true; 4984 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4985 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4986 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4987 return nullptr; 4988 } 4989 4990 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4991 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4992 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4993 TemplateParamLists, 4994 AddToScope); 4995 } else { 4996 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4997 AddToScope); 4998 } 4999 5000 if (!New) 5001 return nullptr; 5002 5003 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 5004 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 5005 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 5006 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 5007 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5008 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5009 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5010 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5011 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5012 if (!AddToContext) 5013 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5014 } 5015 5016 return New; 5017 } 5018 5019 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5020 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5021 /// GCC compatibility). 5022 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5023 ASTContext &Context, 5024 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5025 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5026 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5027 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5028 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5029 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5030 SizeIsNegative = false; 5031 Oversized = 0; 5032 5033 if (T->isDependentType()) 5034 return QualType(); 5035 5036 QualifierCollector Qs; 5037 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5038 5039 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5040 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5041 QualType FixedType = 5042 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5043 Oversized); 5044 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5045 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5046 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5047 } 5048 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5049 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5050 QualType FixedType = 5051 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5052 Oversized); 5053 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5054 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5055 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5056 } 5057 5058 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5059 if (!VLATy) 5060 return QualType(); 5061 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5062 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5063 return QualType(); 5064 5065 llvm::APSInt Res; 5066 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5067 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5068 return QualType(); 5069 5070 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5071 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5072 SizeIsNegative = true; 5073 return QualType(); 5074 } 5075 5076 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5077 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5078 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5079 Res); 5080 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5081 Oversized = Res; 5082 return QualType(); 5083 } 5084 5085 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5086 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5087 } 5088 5089 static void 5090 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5091 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5092 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5093 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5094 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5095 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5096 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5097 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5098 return; 5099 } 5100 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5101 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5102 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5103 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5104 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5105 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5106 return; 5107 } 5108 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5109 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5110 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5111 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5112 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5113 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5114 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5115 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5116 } 5117 5118 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5119 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5120 /// GCC compatibility). 5121 static TypeSourceInfo* 5122 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5123 ASTContext &Context, 5124 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5125 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5126 QualType FixedTy 5127 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5128 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5129 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5130 return nullptr; 5131 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5132 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5133 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5134 return FixedTInfo; 5135 } 5136 5137 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5138 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5139 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5140 /// function-scope declarations. 5141 void 5142 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5143 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5144 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5145 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5146 return; 5147 5148 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5149 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5150 } 5151 5152 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5153 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5154 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5155 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5156 } 5157 5158 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5159 /// does not identify a function. 5160 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5161 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5162 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 5163 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 5164 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 5165 diag::err_inline_non_function); 5166 5167 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5168 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5169 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5170 5171 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5172 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5173 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5174 5175 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5176 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5177 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5178 } 5179 5180 NamedDecl* 5181 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5182 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5183 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5184 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5185 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5186 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5187 D.setInvalidType(); 5188 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5189 DC = CurContext; 5190 Previous.clear(); 5191 } 5192 5193 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5194 5195 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5196 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5197 << 1; 5198 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5199 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5200 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5201 5202 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5203 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5204 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5205 return nullptr; 5206 } 5207 5208 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5209 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5210 5211 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5212 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5213 5214 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5215 5216 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5217 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5218 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5219 return ND; 5220 } 5221 5222 void 5223 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5224 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5225 // then it shall have block scope. 5226 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5227 // that redeclarations will match. 5228 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5229 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5230 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5231 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5232 5233 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5234 bool SizeIsNegative; 5235 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5236 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5237 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5238 SizeIsNegative, 5239 Oversized); 5240 if (FixedTInfo) { 5241 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5242 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5243 } else { 5244 if (SizeIsNegative) 5245 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5246 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5247 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5248 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5249 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5250 << Oversized.toString(10); 5251 else 5252 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5253 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5254 } 5255 } 5256 } 5257 } 5258 5259 5260 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5261 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5262 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5263 NamedDecl* 5264 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5265 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5266 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5267 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5268 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5269 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5270 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5271 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5272 Redeclaration = true; 5273 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5274 } 5275 5276 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5277 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5278 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5279 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5280 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5281 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5282 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5283 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5284 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5285 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5286 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5287 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5288 } 5289 5290 return NewTD; 5291 } 5292 5293 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5294 /// previous declaration. 5295 /// 5296 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5297 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5298 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5299 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5300 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5301 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5302 /// 5303 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5304 /// lookup 5305 /// 5306 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5307 /// declared. 5308 /// 5309 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5310 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5311 static bool 5312 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5313 ASTContext &Context) { 5314 if (!PrevDecl) 5315 return false; 5316 5317 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5318 return false; 5319 5320 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5321 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5322 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5323 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5324 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5325 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5326 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5327 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5328 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5329 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5330 return false; 5331 5332 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5333 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5334 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5335 return false; 5336 5337 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5338 // previous declarations. 5339 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5340 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5341 5342 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5343 // isn't the same function. 5344 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5345 return false; 5346 } 5347 5348 return true; 5349 } 5350 5351 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5352 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5353 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5354 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5355 } 5356 5357 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5358 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5359 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5360 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5361 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5362 unsigned kind = -1U; 5363 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5364 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5365 kind = 0; // __block 5366 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5367 kind = 1; // global 5368 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5369 kind = 3; // ivar 5370 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5371 kind = 2; // field 5372 } 5373 5374 if (kind != -1U) { 5375 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5376 << kind; 5377 } 5378 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5379 // Try to infer lifetime. 5380 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5381 return false; 5382 5383 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5384 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5385 decl->setType(type); 5386 } 5387 5388 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5389 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5390 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5391 var->getTLSKind()) { 5392 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5393 << var->getType(); 5394 return true; 5395 } 5396 } 5397 5398 return false; 5399 } 5400 5401 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5402 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5403 // the wrong linkage. 5404 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5405 5406 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5407 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5408 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5409 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5410 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5411 } 5412 } 5413 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5414 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5415 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5416 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5417 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5418 } 5419 } 5420 5421 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5422 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5423 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5424 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5425 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5426 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD; 5427 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5428 } 5429 } 5430 } 5431 5432 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5433 // It does not apply to functions. 5434 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5435 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5436 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5437 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5438 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5439 } 5440 } 5441 5442 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5443 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5444 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5445 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5446 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5447 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5448 << &ND << Attr; 5449 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5450 } 5451 } 5452 5453 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5454 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5455 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5456 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5457 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5458 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5459 << Attr; 5460 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5461 } 5462 } 5463 5464 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5465 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5466 bool IsSpecialization) { 5467 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5468 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5469 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5470 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5471 5472 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5473 return; 5474 5475 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5476 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5477 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5478 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5479 5480 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5481 // inherited attribute instances. 5482 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5483 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5484 5485 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5486 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5487 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5488 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5489 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5490 5491 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5492 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5493 bool JustWarn = false; 5494 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5495 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5496 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5497 JustWarn = true; 5498 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5499 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5500 JustWarn = true; 5501 } 5502 5503 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5504 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5505 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5506 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5507 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5508 JustWarn = false; 5509 5510 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5511 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5512 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5513 << NewDecl 5514 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5515 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5516 if (!JustWarn) { 5517 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5518 return; 5519 } 5520 } 5521 5522 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5523 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5524 // and qualified friend declarations. 5525 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5526 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5527 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5528 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5529 // separately. 5530 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5531 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5532 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5533 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5534 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5535 } 5536 5537 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5538 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5539 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5540 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5541 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5542 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5543 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5544 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5545 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5546 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && 5547 !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 5548 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5549 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5550 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5551 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5552 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5553 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5554 } 5555 } 5556 5557 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5558 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5559 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5560 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5561 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5562 5563 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5564 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5565 5566 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5567 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5568 return false; 5569 5570 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5571 5572 #ifndef NDEBUG 5573 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5574 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5575 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5576 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5577 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5578 #endif 5579 5580 bool isC99Inline = 5581 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5582 5583 #ifndef NDEBUG 5584 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5585 #endif 5586 5587 return isC99Inline; 5588 } 5589 5590 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5591 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5592 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5593 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5594 /// 5595 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5596 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5597 /// 5598 /// For instance: 5599 /// 5600 /// auto x = []{}; 5601 /// 5602 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5603 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5604 /// 5605 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5606 template<typename T> 5607 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5608 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5609 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5610 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5611 return false; 5612 5613 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes if overloading is enabled. 5614 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && S.getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads && 5615 (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 5616 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 5617 return false; 5618 } 5619 return D->isExternC(); 5620 } 5621 5622 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5623 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5624 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5625 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5626 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5627 return true; 5628 if (DC->isRecord()) 5629 return false; 5630 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5631 } 5632 5633 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5634 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5635 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5636 return true; 5637 if (DC->isRecord()) 5638 return false; 5639 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5640 } 5641 5642 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5643 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5644 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5645 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5646 return true; 5647 return false; 5648 } 5649 5650 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5651 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5652 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5653 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5654 return true; 5655 5656 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5657 // position to the decl itself. 5658 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5659 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5660 return true; 5661 } 5662 5663 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5664 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5665 } 5666 5667 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5668 /// function-local external declaration. 5669 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5670 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5671 return false; 5672 5673 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5674 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5675 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5676 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5677 return true; 5678 5679 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5680 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5681 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5682 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5683 // 5684 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5685 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5686 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5687 DC = DC->getParent(); 5688 return true; 5689 } 5690 5691 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5692 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5693 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5694 return FD->isExternC(); 5695 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5696 return VD->isExternC(); 5697 5698 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5699 } 5700 5701 NamedDecl * 5702 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5703 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5704 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5705 bool &AddToScope) { 5706 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5707 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5708 5709 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5710 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5711 5712 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5713 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5714 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5715 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5716 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5717 SC = SC_Extern; 5718 5719 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5720 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5721 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5722 5723 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5724 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5725 QualType NR = R; 5726 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5727 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5728 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5729 D.setInvalidType(); 5730 break; 5731 } 5732 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5733 } 5734 5735 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5736 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5737 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5738 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5739 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5740 D.setInvalidType(); 5741 } 5742 } 5743 } 5744 5745 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5746 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5747 // an error here 5748 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5749 D.setInvalidType(); 5750 SC = SC_None; 5751 } 5752 5753 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5754 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5755 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5756 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5757 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5758 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5759 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5760 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 5761 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5762 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5763 } 5764 5765 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5766 if (!II) { 5767 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5768 << Name; 5769 return nullptr; 5770 } 5771 5772 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5773 5774 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5775 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5776 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5777 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5778 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5779 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5780 D.setInvalidType(); 5781 } 5782 } 5783 5784 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5785 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5786 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5787 // space qualifiers. 5788 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5789 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5790 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5791 } 5792 5793 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5794 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5795 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5796 // address space qualifiers. 5797 if (R->isEventT()) { 5798 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5799 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5800 D.setInvalidType(); 5801 } 5802 5803 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5804 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5805 D.setInvalidType(); 5806 } 5807 } 5808 } 5809 5810 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5811 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5812 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5813 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5814 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5815 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5816 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5817 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5818 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5819 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5820 R, TInfo, SC); 5821 5822 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5823 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5824 5825 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5826 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5827 } else { 5828 bool Invalid = false; 5829 5830 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5831 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5832 switch (SC) { 5833 case SC_None: 5834 break; 5835 case SC_Static: 5836 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5837 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5838 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5839 break; 5840 case SC_Auto: 5841 case SC_Register: 5842 case SC_Extern: 5843 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5844 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5845 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5846 // of class members 5847 5848 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5849 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5850 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5851 break; 5852 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5853 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5854 } 5855 } 5856 5857 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5858 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5859 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5860 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5861 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5862 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5863 5864 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5865 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5866 if (RD->isUnion()) 5867 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5868 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5869 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5870 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5871 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5872 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5873 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5874 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5875 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5876 } 5877 } 5878 5879 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5880 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5881 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5882 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5883 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5884 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5885 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5886 : nullptr, 5887 TemplateParamLists, 5888 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5889 5890 if (TemplateParams) { 5891 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5892 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5893 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5894 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5895 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5896 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5897 << II 5898 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5899 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5900 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5901 } else { 5902 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5903 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5904 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5905 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5906 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5907 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5908 // This is a template declaration. 5909 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5910 5911 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5912 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5913 return nullptr; 5914 5915 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5916 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5917 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5918 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5919 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5920 } 5921 } 5922 } else { 5923 assert( 5924 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 5925 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5926 } 5927 5928 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5929 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5930 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5931 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5932 : SourceLocation(); 5933 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5934 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5935 IsPartialSpecialization); 5936 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5937 return nullptr; 5938 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5939 AddToScope = false; 5940 } else 5941 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5942 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5943 5944 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5945 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5946 NewTemplate = 5947 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5948 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5949 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5950 } 5951 5952 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5953 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5954 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5955 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5956 5957 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5958 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5959 if (NewTemplate) 5960 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5961 } 5962 5963 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5964 5965 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5966 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5967 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5968 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5969 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5970 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 5971 5972 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5973 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5974 5975 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5976 NewVD->setConcept(true); 5977 5978 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 5979 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 5980 // specifiers, [...] 5981 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 5982 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5983 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 5984 << 0 << 0; 5985 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5986 } 5987 5988 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 5989 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 5990 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 5991 << 0 << 3; 5992 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5993 } 5994 } 5995 } 5996 5997 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5998 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5999 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6000 if (NewTemplate) 6001 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6002 6003 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 6004 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6005 6006 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6007 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6008 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6009 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6010 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6011 // explicitly. 6012 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6013 // 'extern'. 6014 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6015 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6016 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6017 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6018 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6019 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6020 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6021 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6022 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6023 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6024 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6025 // error should be ignored. 6026 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6027 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6028 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6029 // to emit any code for it. 6030 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6031 } else 6032 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6033 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6034 } else 6035 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6036 } 6037 6038 // C99 6.7.4p3 6039 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6040 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6041 // thread storage duration... 6042 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6043 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6044 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6045 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6046 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6047 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6048 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6049 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6050 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6051 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6052 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6053 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6054 } 6055 } 6056 6057 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6058 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6059 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6060 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6061 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6062 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6063 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 6064 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6065 << 2 6066 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6067 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6068 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6069 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6070 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6071 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6072 else { 6073 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6074 if (NewTemplate) 6075 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6076 } 6077 } 6078 6079 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6080 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6081 6082 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6083 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 6084 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6085 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6086 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6087 // storage [duration]." 6088 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6089 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6090 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6091 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6092 } 6093 } 6094 6095 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6096 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6097 // check the VarDecl itself. 6098 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6099 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6100 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6101 6102 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6103 // retainable type. 6104 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6105 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6106 6107 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6108 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6109 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6110 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6111 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6112 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6113 switch (SC) { 6114 case SC_None: 6115 case SC_Auto: 6116 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6117 break; 6118 case SC_Register: 6119 // Local Named register 6120 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6121 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6122 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6123 break; 6124 case SC_Static: 6125 case SC_Extern: 6126 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6127 break; 6128 } 6129 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6130 // Global Named register 6131 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6132 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6133 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6134 6135 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6136 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6137 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6138 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6139 HasSizeMismatch)) 6140 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6141 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6142 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6143 } 6144 6145 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6146 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6147 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6148 } 6149 } 6150 6151 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6152 Context, Label, 0)); 6153 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6154 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6155 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6156 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6157 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6158 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6159 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6160 } else 6161 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6162 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6163 } 6164 } 6165 6166 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 6167 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 6168 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 6169 6170 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6171 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6172 // declaration has linkage). 6173 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6174 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6175 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6176 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6177 6178 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6179 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6180 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6181 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6182 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6183 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6184 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6185 6186 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6187 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6188 } else { 6189 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6190 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6191 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6192 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6193 6194 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6195 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6196 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6197 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6198 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6199 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6200 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6201 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6202 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6203 Previous.clear(); 6204 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6205 } 6206 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6207 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6208 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6209 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6210 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6211 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6212 } 6213 6214 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6215 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6216 6217 if (NewTemplate) { 6218 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6219 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6220 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6221 : nullptr; 6222 6223 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6224 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6225 // template declaration. 6226 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6227 TemplateParams, 6228 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6229 : nullptr, 6230 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6231 DC->isDependentContext()) 6232 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6233 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6234 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6235 6236 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6237 // template, make a note of that. 6238 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6239 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6240 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6241 } 6242 } 6243 6244 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6245 6246 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6247 // the map of such variables. 6248 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6249 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6250 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6251 6252 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6253 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6254 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6255 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6256 Context.setManglingNumber( 6257 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6258 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6259 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6260 } 6261 } 6262 6263 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6264 if (Name.isIdentifier() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6265 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6266 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6267 6268 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6269 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6270 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6271 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6272 6273 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6274 // behavior. 6275 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6276 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6277 } 6278 6279 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6280 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6281 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6282 IsExplicitSpecialization); 6283 } 6284 6285 if (NewTemplate) { 6286 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6287 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6288 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6289 return NewTemplate; 6290 } 6291 6292 return NewVD; 6293 } 6294 6295 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6296 /// -Wshadow. 6297 /// 6298 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6299 /// scope. 6300 /// 6301 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6302 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6303 /// 6304 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6305 // Return if warning is ignored. 6306 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6307 return; 6308 6309 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6310 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6311 return; 6312 6313 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6314 6315 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6316 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6317 return; 6318 6319 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6320 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6321 return; 6322 6323 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6324 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6325 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6326 if (MD->isStatic()) 6327 return; 6328 6329 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6330 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6331 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6332 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6333 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6334 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6335 ShadowedDecl = I; 6336 break; 6337 } 6338 } 6339 6340 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6341 6342 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6343 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6344 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6345 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6346 return; 6347 6348 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6349 // static data members from base classes? 6350 6351 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6352 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6353 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6354 } 6355 6356 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6357 unsigned Kind; 6358 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 6359 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6360 Kind = 3; // field 6361 else 6362 Kind = 2; // static data member 6363 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 6364 Kind = 1; // global 6365 else 6366 Kind = 0; // local 6367 6368 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6369 6370 // Emit warning and note. 6371 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6372 return; 6373 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6374 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6375 } 6376 6377 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6378 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6379 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6380 return; 6381 6382 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6383 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6384 LookupName(R, S); 6385 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6386 } 6387 6388 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6389 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6390 template<typename T> 6391 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6392 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6393 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6394 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6395 6396 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6397 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6398 // declaration. 6399 return false; 6400 } 6401 6402 if (Prev) { 6403 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6404 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6405 // redeclaration. 6406 Previous.clear(); 6407 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6408 return true; 6409 } 6410 6411 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6412 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6413 // declaration. 6414 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6415 return false; 6416 } else { 6417 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6418 // translation unit which might conflict. 6419 if (IsGlobal) { 6420 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6421 IsGlobal = false; 6422 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6423 I != E; ++I) { 6424 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6425 Prev = *I; 6426 break; 6427 } 6428 } 6429 } else { 6430 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6431 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6432 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6433 I != E; ++I) { 6434 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6435 Prev = *I; 6436 break; 6437 } 6438 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6439 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6440 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6441 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6442 // diagnostic. 6443 } 6444 } 6445 6446 if (!Prev) 6447 return false; 6448 } 6449 6450 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6451 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6452 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6453 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6454 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6455 else 6456 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6457 6458 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6459 << IsGlobal << ND; 6460 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6461 << IsGlobal; 6462 return false; 6463 } 6464 6465 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6466 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6467 /// 6468 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6469 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6470 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6471 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6472 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6473 template<typename T> 6474 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6475 LookupResult &Previous) { 6476 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6477 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6478 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6479 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6480 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6481 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6482 Previous.clear(); 6483 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6484 return true; 6485 } 6486 } 6487 return false; 6488 } 6489 6490 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6491 // declaration. 6492 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6493 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6494 6495 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6496 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6497 // in another scope. 6498 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6499 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6500 6501 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6502 return false; 6503 } 6504 6505 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6506 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6507 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6508 return; 6509 6510 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6511 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6512 6513 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6514 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6515 return; 6516 6517 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6518 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6519 6520 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6521 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6522 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6523 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6524 NewVD->setType(T); 6525 } 6526 6527 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6528 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6529 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6530 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6531 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 6532 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6533 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6534 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6535 return; 6536 } 6537 6538 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 6539 // scope. 6540 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 6541 !getOpenCLOptions().cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers && 6542 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6543 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6544 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6545 return; 6546 } 6547 6548 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6549 // __constant address space. 6550 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 6551 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 6552 // address space. 6553 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6554 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) { 6555 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 6556 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6557 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 6558 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 6559 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 6560 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6561 << "global or constant"; 6562 else 6563 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6564 << "constant"; 6565 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6566 return; 6567 } 6568 } else { 6569 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 6570 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 6571 // address space. 6572 if (NewVD->isStaticLocal() && 6573 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6574 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 6575 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 6576 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 6577 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6578 << "global or constant"; 6579 else 6580 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6581 << "constant"; 6582 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6583 return; 6584 } 6585 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables 6586 // in functions. 6587 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6588 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 6589 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6590 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6591 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 6592 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_non_kernel_variable) 6593 << "constant"; 6594 else 6595 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_non_kernel_variable) 6596 << "local"; 6597 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6598 return; 6599 } 6600 } 6601 } 6602 } 6603 6604 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6605 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6606 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6607 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6608 else { 6609 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6610 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6611 } 6612 } 6613 6614 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6615 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6616 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6617 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6618 6619 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6620 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6621 bool SizeIsNegative; 6622 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6623 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6624 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6625 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6626 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6627 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6628 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6629 // int a[10][n]; 6630 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6631 6632 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6633 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6634 << SizeRange; 6635 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6636 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6637 << SizeRange; 6638 else 6639 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6640 << SizeRange; 6641 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6642 return; 6643 } 6644 6645 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6646 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6647 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6648 else 6649 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6650 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6651 return; 6652 } 6653 6654 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6655 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6656 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6657 } 6658 6659 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6660 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6661 // of objects and functions. 6662 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6663 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6664 << T; 6665 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6666 return; 6667 } 6668 } 6669 6670 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6671 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6672 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6673 return; 6674 } 6675 6676 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6677 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6678 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6679 return; 6680 } 6681 6682 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6683 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6684 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6685 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6686 return; 6687 } 6688 } 6689 6690 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6691 /// declaration. 6692 /// 6693 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6694 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6695 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6696 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6697 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6698 /// 6699 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6700 /// 6701 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6702 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6703 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6704 6705 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6706 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6707 return false; 6708 6709 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6710 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6711 if (Previous.empty() && 6712 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6713 Previous.setShadowed(); 6714 6715 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6716 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6717 return true; 6718 } 6719 return false; 6720 } 6721 6722 namespace { 6723 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 6724 Sema *S; 6725 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6726 6727 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6728 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6729 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6730 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 6731 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 6732 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6733 6734 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 6735 6736 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6737 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6738 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6739 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6740 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6741 6742 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6743 } 6744 6745 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 6746 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6747 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6748 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6749 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 6750 return true; 6751 } 6752 } 6753 6754 return false; 6755 } 6756 }; 6757 6758 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6759 } // end anonymous namespace 6760 6761 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6762 /// overriden methods. 6763 /// 6764 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6765 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6766 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6767 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6768 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6769 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6770 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6771 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6772 I != E; ++I) { 6773 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6774 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6775 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6776 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6777 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6778 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6779 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6780 } 6781 } 6782 6783 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6784 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6785 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6786 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 6787 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6788 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 6789 FOM.Method = MD; 6790 FOM.S = this; 6791 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6792 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6793 bool AddedAny = false; 6794 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 6795 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6796 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6797 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6798 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6799 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6800 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6801 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6802 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6803 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6804 AddedAny = true; 6805 } 6806 } 6807 } 6808 } 6809 6810 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6811 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6812 } 6813 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6814 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6815 } 6816 6817 return AddedAny; 6818 } 6819 6820 namespace { 6821 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6822 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6823 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6824 Scope *S; 6825 Declarator &D; 6826 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6827 bool AddToScope; 6828 }; 6829 } 6830 6831 namespace { 6832 6833 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6834 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6835 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6836 public: 6837 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6838 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6839 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6840 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6841 6842 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6843 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6844 return false; 6845 6846 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6847 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6848 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6849 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6850 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6851 6852 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6853 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6854 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6855 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6856 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6857 return true; 6858 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6859 return true; 6860 } 6861 } 6862 } 6863 6864 return false; 6865 } 6866 6867 private: 6868 ASTContext &Context; 6869 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6870 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6871 }; 6872 6873 } 6874 6875 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6876 /// 6877 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6878 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6879 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6880 /// the same name. 6881 /// 6882 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6883 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6884 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6885 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6886 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6887 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6888 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6889 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6890 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6891 TypoCorrection Correction; 6892 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6893 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6894 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6895 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6896 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6897 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6898 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6899 6900 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6901 if (IsLocalFriend) 6902 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6903 else 6904 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6905 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6906 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6907 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6908 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6909 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6910 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6911 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6912 if (FD && 6913 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6914 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6915 // involve a parameter 6916 unsigned ParamNum = 6917 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6918 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6919 } 6920 } 6921 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6922 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6923 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6924 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6925 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 6926 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 6927 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6928 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6929 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6930 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6931 Previous.clear(); 6932 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6933 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6934 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6935 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6936 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6937 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6938 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6939 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6940 } 6941 } 6942 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6943 6944 NamedDecl *Result; 6945 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6946 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6947 { 6948 // Trap errors. 6949 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6950 6951 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6952 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6953 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6954 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6955 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6956 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6957 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6958 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6959 6960 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6961 Result = nullptr; 6962 } 6963 6964 if (Result) { 6965 // Determine which correction we picked. 6966 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6967 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6968 I != E; ++I) 6969 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6970 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6971 6972 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6973 Correction, 6974 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6975 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6976 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6977 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6978 return Result; 6979 } 6980 6981 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6982 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6983 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6984 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6985 Previous.clear(); 6986 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6987 } 6988 6989 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6990 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6991 6992 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6993 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6994 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6995 6996 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6997 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6998 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6999 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7000 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7001 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7002 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7003 7004 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7005 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7006 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7007 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7008 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7009 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7010 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7011 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7012 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7013 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7014 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7015 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7016 } else 7017 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7018 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7019 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7020 } 7021 return nullptr; 7022 } 7023 7024 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7025 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7026 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7027 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7028 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7029 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7030 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7031 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7032 D.setInvalidType(); 7033 break; 7034 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7035 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7036 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7037 return SC_None; 7038 return SC_Extern; 7039 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7040 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7041 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7042 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7043 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7044 // other than extern 7045 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7046 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7047 diag::err_static_block_func); 7048 break; 7049 } else 7050 return SC_Static; 7051 } 7052 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7053 } 7054 7055 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7056 return SC_None; 7057 } 7058 7059 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7060 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7061 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7062 StorageClass SC, 7063 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7064 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7065 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7066 7067 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7068 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7069 7070 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7071 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7072 // prototype. This true when: 7073 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7074 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 7075 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 7076 bool HasPrototype = 7077 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7078 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7079 7080 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7081 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7082 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7083 HasPrototype, false); 7084 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7085 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7086 7087 return NewFD; 7088 } 7089 7090 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7091 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7092 7093 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7094 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7095 // the class has been completely parsed. 7096 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7097 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7098 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7099 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7100 D.setInvalidType(); 7101 7102 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7103 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7104 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7105 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7106 7107 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7108 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7109 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7110 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7111 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7112 isConstexpr); 7113 7114 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7115 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7116 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7117 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7118 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7119 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7120 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7121 D.getLocStart(), 7122 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7123 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7124 7125 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7126 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7127 // it yet. 7128 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7129 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7130 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7131 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7132 } 7133 7134 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7135 return NewDD; 7136 7137 } else { 7138 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7139 D.setInvalidType(); 7140 7141 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7142 // code path. 7143 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7144 D.getLocStart(), 7145 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7146 SC, isInline, 7147 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7148 } 7149 7150 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7151 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7152 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7153 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7154 return nullptr; 7155 } 7156 7157 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7158 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7159 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7160 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7161 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7162 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7163 7164 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7165 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7166 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7167 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7168 // constructor if it has no return type). 7169 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7170 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7171 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7172 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7173 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7174 return nullptr; 7175 } 7176 7177 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7178 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7179 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7180 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7181 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7182 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7183 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7184 return Ret; 7185 } else { 7186 bool isFriend = 7187 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7188 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7189 return nullptr; 7190 7191 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7192 // prototype. This true when: 7193 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7194 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7195 D.getLocStart(), 7196 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7197 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7198 } 7199 } 7200 7201 enum OpenCLParamType { 7202 ValidKernelParam, 7203 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7204 PtrKernelParam, 7205 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 7206 InvalidKernelParam, 7207 RecordKernelParam 7208 }; 7209 7210 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 7211 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7212 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7213 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7214 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7215 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 7216 : PtrKernelParam; 7217 } 7218 7219 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7220 // be used as builtin types. 7221 7222 if (PT->isImageType()) 7223 return PtrKernelParam; 7224 7225 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7226 return InvalidKernelParam; 7227 7228 if (PT->isEventT()) 7229 return InvalidKernelParam; 7230 7231 if (PT->isHalfType()) 7232 return InvalidKernelParam; 7233 7234 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7235 return RecordKernelParam; 7236 7237 return ValidKernelParam; 7238 } 7239 7240 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7241 Sema &S, 7242 Declarator &D, 7243 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7244 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7245 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7246 7247 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7248 // used again 7249 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7250 return; 7251 7252 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 7253 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7254 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7255 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7256 // pointer to a pointer type. 7257 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7258 D.setInvalidType(); 7259 return; 7260 7261 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 7262 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7263 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7264 // pointer to the private address space. 7265 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 7266 D.setInvalidType(); 7267 return; 7268 7269 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7270 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7271 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7272 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7273 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7274 7275 case InvalidKernelParam: 7276 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7277 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7278 // of event_t type. 7279 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7280 D.setInvalidType(); 7281 return; 7282 7283 case PtrKernelParam: 7284 case ValidKernelParam: 7285 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7286 return; 7287 7288 case RecordKernelParam: 7289 break; 7290 } 7291 7292 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7293 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7294 7295 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7296 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7297 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7298 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7299 7300 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7301 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7302 7303 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7304 7305 do { 7306 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7307 if (!Next) { 7308 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7309 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7310 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7311 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7312 7313 continue; 7314 } 7315 7316 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7317 // field itself) to the history stack. 7318 const RecordDecl *RD; 7319 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7320 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7321 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7322 } else { 7323 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7324 } 7325 7326 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7327 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7328 7329 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7330 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7331 7332 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7333 continue; 7334 7335 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 7336 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7337 continue; 7338 7339 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7340 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7341 continue; 7342 } 7343 7344 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7345 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7346 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7347 // union. 7348 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7349 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7350 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7351 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7352 << PT->isUnionType() 7353 << PT; 7354 } else { 7355 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7356 } 7357 7358 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7359 << PD->getDeclName(); 7360 7361 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7362 // the offending field came from 7363 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7364 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7365 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7366 I != E; ++I) { 7367 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7368 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7369 << OuterField->getType(); 7370 } 7371 7372 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7373 << QT->isPointerType() 7374 << QT; 7375 D.setInvalidType(); 7376 return; 7377 } 7378 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7379 } 7380 7381 NamedDecl* 7382 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7383 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7384 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7385 bool &AddToScope) { 7386 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7387 7388 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7389 7390 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7391 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7392 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7393 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7394 7395 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7396 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7397 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7398 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7399 7400 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7401 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 7402 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7403 7404 bool isFriend = false; 7405 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7406 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7407 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7408 7409 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7410 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7411 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7412 7413 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7414 7415 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7416 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7417 7418 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7419 isVirtualOkay); 7420 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7421 7422 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7423 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7424 7425 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7426 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7427 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7428 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7429 7430 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7431 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7432 7433 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7434 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7435 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7436 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7437 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7438 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7439 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7440 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7441 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7442 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7443 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7444 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7445 } 7446 7447 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7448 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7449 // return true). 7450 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7451 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7452 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7453 NewFD->setPure(true); 7454 7455 // C++ [class.union]p2 7456 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7457 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7458 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7459 } 7460 7461 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7462 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7463 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7464 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7465 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7466 7467 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7468 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7469 bool Invalid = false; 7470 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7471 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7472 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7473 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7474 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7475 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7476 : nullptr, 7477 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7478 Invalid)) { 7479 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7480 // This is a function template 7481 7482 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7483 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7484 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7485 7486 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7487 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7488 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7489 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7490 } 7491 7492 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7493 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7494 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7495 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7496 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7497 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7498 Invalid = true; 7499 } 7500 7501 7502 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7503 NewFD->getLocation(), 7504 Name, TemplateParams, 7505 NewFD); 7506 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7507 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7508 7509 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7510 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7511 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7512 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 7513 } 7514 } else { 7515 // This is a function template specialization. 7516 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7517 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7518 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7519 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7520 7521 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7522 if (isFriend) { 7523 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7524 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7525 7526 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7527 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7528 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7529 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7530 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7531 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7532 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7533 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7534 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7535 } 7536 7537 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7538 << Name << RemoveRange 7539 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7540 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7541 } 7542 } 7543 } 7544 else { 7545 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7546 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7547 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7548 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7549 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7550 } 7551 7552 if (Invalid) { 7553 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7554 if (FunctionTemplate) 7555 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7556 } 7557 7558 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7559 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7560 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7561 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7562 // 7563 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7564 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7565 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7566 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7567 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7568 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7569 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7570 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7571 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7572 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7573 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7574 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7575 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7576 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7577 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7578 } else { 7579 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7580 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7581 } 7582 7583 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7584 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7585 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7586 } 7587 7588 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7589 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7590 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7591 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7592 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7593 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7594 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7595 // thing to do. 7596 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7597 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7598 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7599 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7600 QualType Result = 7601 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7602 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7603 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7604 } 7605 7606 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7607 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7608 // declaration. 7609 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7610 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7611 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7612 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7613 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7614 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7615 } 7616 } 7617 7618 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7619 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7620 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7621 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7622 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7623 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7624 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7625 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7626 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7627 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7628 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7629 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7630 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7631 // or conversion function. 7632 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7633 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7634 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7635 } 7636 } 7637 7638 if (isConstexpr) { 7639 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7640 // are implicitly inline. 7641 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7642 7643 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7644 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7645 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7646 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7647 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7648 } 7649 7650 if (isConcept) { 7651 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7652 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 7653 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7654 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7655 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 7656 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7657 } 7658 7659 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 7660 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 7661 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 7662 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7663 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 7664 SourceRange Range; 7665 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 7666 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 7667 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 7668 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 7669 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7670 } else { 7671 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 7672 } 7673 7674 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 7675 // following restrictions: 7676 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 7677 // parameter list. 7678 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 7679 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 7680 } 7681 7682 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 7683 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 7684 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7685 7686 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 7687 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 7688 // specifiers, [...] 7689 if (isInline) { 7690 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7691 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7692 << 1 << 1; 7693 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7694 } 7695 7696 if (isFriend) { 7697 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 7698 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7699 << 1 << 2; 7700 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7701 } 7702 7703 if (isConstexpr) { 7704 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 7705 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7706 << 1 << 3; 7707 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7708 } 7709 } 7710 7711 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7712 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7713 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7714 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7715 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7716 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7717 << 0 7718 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7719 } else { 7720 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7721 if (FunctionTemplate) 7722 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7723 } 7724 } 7725 7726 if (isFriend) { 7727 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7728 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7729 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7730 } 7731 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7732 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7733 } 7734 7735 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7736 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7737 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7738 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7739 case FDK_Declaration: 7740 case FDK_Definition: 7741 break; 7742 7743 case FDK_Defaulted: 7744 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7745 break; 7746 7747 case FDK_Deleted: 7748 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7749 break; 7750 } 7751 7752 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7753 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7754 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7755 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7756 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7757 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7758 } 7759 7760 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7761 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7762 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7763 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7764 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7765 // the class. 7766 7767 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7768 // member function definition. 7769 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7770 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7771 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7772 } 7773 7774 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7775 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7776 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7777 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7778 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7779 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7780 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7781 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7782 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7783 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7784 } 7785 7786 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7787 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7788 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7789 isExplicitSpecialization || 7790 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7791 7792 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7793 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7794 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7795 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7796 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7797 SE->getString(), 0)); 7798 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7799 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7800 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7801 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7802 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 7803 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7804 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7805 } else 7806 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 7807 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 7808 } 7809 } 7810 7811 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7812 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7813 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7814 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7815 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7816 7817 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7818 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7819 // single void argument. 7820 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7821 // already checks for that case. 7822 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7823 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7824 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7825 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7826 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7827 Params.push_back(Param); 7828 7829 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7830 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7831 } 7832 } 7833 7834 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7835 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7836 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7837 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7838 // 7839 // @code 7840 // typedef void fn(int); 7841 // fn f; 7842 // @endcode 7843 7844 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7845 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7846 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7847 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7848 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7849 Params.push_back(Param); 7850 } 7851 } else { 7852 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7853 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7854 } 7855 7856 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7857 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7858 7859 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7860 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7861 // 7862 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7863 // 7864 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7865 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7866 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7867 7868 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7869 NewFD->addAttr( 7870 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7871 Context, 0)); 7872 7873 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7874 // because all functions have linkage. 7875 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7876 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7877 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7878 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7879 } 7880 7881 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 7882 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7883 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7884 NewFD->addAttr( 7885 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7886 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7887 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7888 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7889 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 7890 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 7891 NewFD)) 7892 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7893 } 7894 7895 // Handle attributes. 7896 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7897 7898 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7899 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7900 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7901 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 7902 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7903 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7904 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7905 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7906 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7907 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7908 } 7909 } 7910 7911 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7912 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7913 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7914 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7915 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7916 7917 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7918 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7919 7920 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7921 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7922 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7923 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7924 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7925 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7926 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7927 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7928 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7929 7930 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 7931 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 7932 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 7933 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7934 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7935 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 7936 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 7937 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 7938 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 7939 int DiagID = 7940 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 7941 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 7942 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 7943 } 7944 } 7945 } else { 7946 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7947 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7948 // 7949 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7950 // 7951 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7952 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7953 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7954 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7955 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7956 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7957 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7958 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7959 7960 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7961 // argument list into our AST format. 7962 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7963 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7964 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7965 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7966 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7967 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7968 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7969 TemplateArgs); 7970 7971 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7972 7973 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7974 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7975 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7976 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7977 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7978 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7979 7980 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7981 } else { 7982 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 7983 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 7984 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7985 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7986 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7987 } 7988 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7989 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7990 // wrote something like: 7991 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7992 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7993 // friend void foo<>(int); 7994 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7995 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7996 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7997 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7998 } 7999 8000 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 8001 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 8002 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8003 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8004 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8005 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8006 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8007 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8008 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 8009 InstantiationDependent))) { 8010 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8011 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8012 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8013 Previous)) 8014 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8015 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8016 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8017 && !isFriend) { 8018 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8019 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 8020 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 8021 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 8022 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8023 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 8024 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 8025 : nullptr), 8026 Previous)) 8027 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8028 8029 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8030 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8031 // specialization (14.7.3) 8032 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8033 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8034 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8035 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8036 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8037 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8038 << SC 8039 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8040 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8041 8042 else 8043 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8044 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8045 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8046 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8047 } 8048 8049 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8050 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8051 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8052 } 8053 8054 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8055 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8056 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8057 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8058 8059 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8060 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8061 8062 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8063 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8064 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8065 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8066 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8067 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8068 } 8069 8070 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8071 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8072 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8073 8074 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8075 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8076 : NewFD); 8077 8078 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 8079 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8080 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8081 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8082 8083 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8084 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8085 } 8086 8087 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8088 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8089 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8090 8091 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8092 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8093 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8094 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8095 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8096 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8097 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8098 : nullptr, 8099 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8100 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8101 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8102 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8103 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8104 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8105 DC->isDependentContext()) 8106 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8107 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8108 } 8109 8110 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8111 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8112 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8113 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8114 AddToScope }; 8115 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8116 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8117 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8118 8119 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8120 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8121 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8122 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8123 8124 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8125 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8126 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8127 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8128 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8129 // can actually do this check immediately. 8130 if (isFriend && 8131 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8132 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8133 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8134 // ignore these 8135 } else { 8136 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8137 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8138 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8139 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8140 // 8141 // class X { 8142 // void f() const; 8143 // }; 8144 // 8145 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8146 // 8147 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 8148 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 8149 // whether the parameter types are references). 8150 8151 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8152 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 8153 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8154 return Result; 8155 } 8156 } 8157 8158 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 8159 // to something. 8160 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 8161 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8162 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 8163 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8164 return Result; 8165 } 8166 } 8167 8168 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8169 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 8170 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 8171 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 8172 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 8173 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 8174 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 8175 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 8176 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 8177 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 8178 // generate them. 8179 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 8180 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8181 } 8182 } 8183 8184 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 8185 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 8186 8187 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 8188 8189 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 8190 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8191 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8192 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 8193 << NewFD; 8194 8195 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 8196 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8197 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 8198 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 8199 EPI.Variadic = true; 8200 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 8201 8202 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 8203 NewFD->setType(R); 8204 } 8205 8206 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8207 // member, set the visibility of this function. 8208 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8209 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8210 8211 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8212 // marking the function. 8213 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 8214 8215 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 8216 // a pragma. 8217 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 8218 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 8219 8220 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 8221 // the map of such variables. 8222 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8223 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 8224 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 8225 8226 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 8227 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 8228 8229 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 8230 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 8231 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 8232 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8233 } 8234 8235 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8236 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8237 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8238 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8239 return FunctionTemplate; 8240 } 8241 } 8242 8243 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8244 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8245 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8246 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8247 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8248 D.setInvalidType(); 8249 } 8250 8251 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8252 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8253 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8254 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8255 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8256 : FixItHint()); 8257 D.setInvalidType(); 8258 } 8259 8260 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8261 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 8262 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8263 } 8264 for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(), 8265 PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) { 8266 ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI; 8267 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8268 8269 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 8270 // types. 8271 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { 8272 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 8273 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 8274 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 8275 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 8276 D.setInvalidType(); 8277 } 8278 } 8279 } 8280 } 8281 8282 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8283 8284 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 8285 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 8286 if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8287 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8288 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8289 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8290 8291 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8292 } 8293 8294 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 8295 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 8296 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 8297 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 8298 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 8299 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 8300 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 8301 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 8302 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 8303 } 8304 } 8305 8306 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8307 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8308 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8309 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8310 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8311 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8312 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8313 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8314 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8315 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8316 AddToScope = false; 8317 } 8318 8319 return NewFD; 8320 } 8321 8322 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8323 /// 8324 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8325 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8326 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8327 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8328 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8329 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8330 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8331 /// 8332 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8333 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8334 /// 8335 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8336 /// 8337 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8338 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8339 LookupResult &Previous, 8340 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8341 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8342 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8343 8344 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8345 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8346 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8347 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8348 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8349 8350 bool Redeclaration = false; 8351 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8352 8353 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8354 // the same name, if appropriate. 8355 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8356 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8357 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8358 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8359 // function to the scope. 8360 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8361 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8362 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8363 Redeclaration = true; 8364 OldDecl = Candidate; 8365 } 8366 } else { 8367 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8368 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8369 case Ovl_Match: 8370 Redeclaration = true; 8371 break; 8372 8373 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8374 Redeclaration = true; 8375 break; 8376 8377 case Ovl_Overload: 8378 Redeclaration = false; 8379 break; 8380 } 8381 8382 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8383 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8384 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8385 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8386 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8387 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8388 if (Redeclaration) 8389 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8390 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8391 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8392 if (OverloadedDecl) 8393 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8394 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8395 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8396 } 8397 } 8398 } 8399 8400 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8401 if (!Redeclaration && 8402 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8403 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8404 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8405 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8406 Redeclaration = true; 8407 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8408 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8409 8410 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8411 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8412 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8413 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8414 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8415 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8416 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8417 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8418 } 8419 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8420 Redeclaration = false; 8421 OldDecl = nullptr; 8422 } 8423 } 8424 } 8425 } 8426 8427 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8428 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8429 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8430 // 8431 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8432 // definition of a static member function. 8433 // 8434 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8435 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8436 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8437 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8438 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8439 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8440 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8441 if (OldDecl) 8442 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8443 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8444 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8445 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8446 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8447 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8448 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8449 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8450 8451 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8452 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8453 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8454 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8455 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8456 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8457 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8458 8459 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8460 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8461 } 8462 } 8463 } 8464 8465 if (Redeclaration) { 8466 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8467 // merged. 8468 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8469 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8470 return Redeclaration; 8471 } 8472 8473 Previous.clear(); 8474 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8475 8476 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8477 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8478 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8479 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8480 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8481 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8482 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8483 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8484 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8485 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8486 } 8487 8488 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8489 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8490 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8491 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8492 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8493 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8494 } 8495 8496 } else { 8497 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8498 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8499 8500 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8501 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8502 } 8503 } 8504 8505 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8506 8507 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8508 // C++-specific checks. 8509 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8510 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8511 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8512 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8513 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8514 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8515 8516 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8517 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8518 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8519 DeclarationName Name 8520 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8521 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8522 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8523 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8524 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8525 return Redeclaration; 8526 } 8527 } 8528 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8529 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8530 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8531 } 8532 8533 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8534 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8535 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8536 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8537 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8538 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8539 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8540 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8541 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8542 } 8543 } 8544 } 8545 8546 if (Method->isStatic()) 8547 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8548 } 8549 8550 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8551 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8552 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8553 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8554 return Redeclaration; 8555 } 8556 8557 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8558 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8559 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8560 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8561 return Redeclaration; 8562 } 8563 8564 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8565 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8566 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8567 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8568 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8569 8570 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8571 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8572 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8573 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8574 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8575 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8576 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8577 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8578 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8579 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8580 } 8581 } 8582 8583 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8584 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8585 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8586 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8587 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8588 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8589 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8590 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8591 << NewFD << R; 8592 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8593 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8594 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8595 } 8596 } 8597 return Redeclaration; 8598 } 8599 8600 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8601 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8602 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8603 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8604 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8605 // appear in a declaration of main. 8606 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8607 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8608 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8609 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8610 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8611 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8612 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8613 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8614 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8615 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8616 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8617 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8618 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8619 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8620 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8621 } 8622 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8623 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8624 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8625 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8626 } 8627 8628 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8629 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8630 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8631 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8632 return; 8633 } 8634 8635 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8636 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8637 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8638 8639 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8640 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8641 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8642 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8643 8644 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8645 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8646 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8647 else { 8648 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8649 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8650 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8651 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8652 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8653 } 8654 } else { 8655 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8656 // set the flag which tells us that. 8657 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8658 8659 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8660 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8661 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8662 else { 8663 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8664 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8665 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8666 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8667 : FixItHint()); 8668 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8669 } 8670 } 8671 8672 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8673 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8674 8675 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8676 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8677 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8678 8679 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8680 8681 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 8682 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 8683 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 8684 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 8685 } 8686 8687 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8688 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8689 // getting shifty. 8690 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8691 HasExtraParameters = false; 8692 8693 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8694 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8695 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8696 nparams = 3; 8697 } 8698 8699 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8700 // if we had some location information about types. 8701 8702 QualType CharPP = 8703 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8704 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8705 8706 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8707 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8708 8709 bool mismatch = true; 8710 8711 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8712 mismatch = false; 8713 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8714 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8715 // char const ** 8716 // char const * const * 8717 // char * const * 8718 8719 QualifierCollector qs; 8720 const PointerType* PT; 8721 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8722 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8723 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8724 Context.CharTy)) { 8725 qs.removeConst(); 8726 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8727 } 8728 } 8729 8730 if (mismatch) { 8731 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8732 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8733 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8734 } 8735 } 8736 8737 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8738 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8739 } 8740 8741 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8742 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8743 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8744 } 8745 } 8746 8747 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8748 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8749 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8750 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8751 8752 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8753 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8754 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8755 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8756 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8757 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8758 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8759 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8760 8761 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8762 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8763 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8764 } 8765 } 8766 8767 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8768 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8769 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8770 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8771 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8772 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8773 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8774 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8775 // rules there don't matter.) 8776 const Expr *Culprit; 8777 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8778 return false; 8779 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8780 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8781 return true; 8782 } 8783 8784 namespace { 8785 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8786 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8787 class SelfReferenceChecker 8788 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8789 Sema &S; 8790 Decl *OrigDecl; 8791 bool isRecordType; 8792 bool isPODType; 8793 bool isReferenceType; 8794 8795 bool isInitList; 8796 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 8797 public: 8798 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8799 8800 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8801 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8802 isPODType = false; 8803 isRecordType = false; 8804 isReferenceType = false; 8805 isInitList = false; 8806 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8807 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8808 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8809 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8810 } 8811 } 8812 8813 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 8814 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 8815 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 8816 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 8817 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 8818 if (!InitList) { 8819 Visit(E); 8820 return; 8821 } 8822 8823 // Track and increment the index here. 8824 isInitList = true; 8825 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 8826 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 8827 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 8828 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 8829 } 8830 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 8831 } 8832 8833 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 8834 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 8835 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 8836 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 8837 Expr *Base = E; 8838 bool ReferenceField = false; 8839 8840 // Get the field memebers used. 8841 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8842 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 8843 if (!FD) 8844 return false; 8845 Fields.push_back(FD); 8846 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 8847 ReferenceField = true; 8848 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8849 } 8850 8851 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 8852 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 8853 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 8854 return false; 8855 8856 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 8857 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 8858 return true; 8859 8860 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 8861 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 8862 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 8863 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 8864 8865 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 8866 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 8867 // initialized, then the use is safe. 8868 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 8869 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 8870 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 8871 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 8872 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 8873 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 8874 return true; 8875 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 8876 break; 8877 } 8878 8879 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 8880 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8881 return true; 8882 } 8883 8884 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8885 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8886 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8887 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8888 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8889 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8890 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8891 return; 8892 } 8893 8894 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8895 Visit(CO->getCond()); 8896 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8897 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8898 return; 8899 } 8900 8901 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 8902 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8903 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 8904 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 8905 return; 8906 } 8907 8908 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 8909 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 8910 return; 8911 } 8912 8913 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 8914 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 8915 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 8916 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 8917 return; 8918 } 8919 } 8920 8921 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8922 if (isInitList) { 8923 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 8924 false /*CheckReference*/)) 8925 return; 8926 } 8927 8928 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8929 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8930 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8931 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8932 return; 8933 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8934 } 8935 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8936 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8937 return; 8938 } 8939 8940 Visit(E); 8941 } 8942 8943 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 8944 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 8945 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8946 if (isReferenceType) 8947 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8948 } 8949 8950 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8951 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 8952 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8953 return; 8954 } 8955 8956 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8957 } 8958 8959 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8960 if (isInitList) { 8961 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 8962 return; 8963 } 8964 8965 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8966 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8967 8968 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8969 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8970 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8971 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8972 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8973 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8974 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8975 Warn = false; 8976 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8977 } 8978 8979 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8980 if (Warn) 8981 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8982 return; 8983 } 8984 8985 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8986 // Visit that expression. 8987 Visit(Base); 8988 } 8989 8990 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8991 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 8992 8993 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 8994 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8995 8996 Visit(Callee); 8997 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 8998 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 8999 } 9000 9001 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 9002 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 9003 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 9004 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 9005 if (!isPODType) 9006 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9007 return; 9008 } 9009 9010 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 9011 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9012 return; 9013 } 9014 9015 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 9016 } 9017 9018 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 9019 9020 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 9021 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 9022 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 9023 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9024 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 9025 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 9026 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9027 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 9028 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 9029 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 9030 return; 9031 } 9032 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 9033 } 9034 9035 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 9036 // Treat std::move as a use. 9037 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 9038 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 9039 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 9040 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 9041 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 9042 return; 9043 } 9044 } 9045 } 9046 9047 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 9048 } 9049 9050 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 9051 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 9052 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 9053 Visit(E->getRHS()); 9054 return; 9055 } 9056 9057 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 9058 } 9059 9060 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 9061 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 9062 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 9063 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 9064 Visit(E->getCond()); 9065 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 9066 } 9067 9068 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 9069 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 9070 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 9071 unsigned diag; 9072 if (isReferenceType) { 9073 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 9074 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 9075 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 9076 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9077 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9078 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 9079 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 9080 } else { 9081 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 9082 return; 9083 } 9084 9085 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 9086 S.PDiag(diag) 9087 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 9088 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 9089 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 9090 } 9091 }; 9092 9093 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 9094 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 9095 bool DirectInit) { 9096 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 9097 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 9098 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 9099 return; 9100 9101 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9102 9103 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 9104 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 9105 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 9106 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 9107 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 9108 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 9109 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 9110 return; 9111 9112 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 9113 } 9114 } 9115 9116 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 9117 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 9118 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 9119 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 9120 Expr *Init) { 9121 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 9122 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 9123 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 9124 9125 ArrayRef<Expr *> DeduceInits = Init; 9126 if (DirectInit) { 9127 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 9128 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 9129 else if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9130 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 9131 } 9132 9133 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 9134 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 9135 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 9136 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 9137 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9138 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 9139 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 9140 << Name << Type << Range; 9141 return QualType(); 9142 } 9143 9144 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 9145 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 9146 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 9147 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 9148 << Name << Type << Range; 9149 return QualType(); 9150 } 9151 9152 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 9153 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 9154 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9155 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 9156 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 9157 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << Name << Type << Range; 9158 return QualType(); 9159 } 9160 9161 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 9162 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 9163 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 9164 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 9165 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9166 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9167 return QualType(); 9168 } 9169 Init = Result.get(); 9170 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 9171 } 9172 9173 QualType DeducedType; 9174 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 9175 if (!IsInitCapture) 9176 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 9177 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9178 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 9179 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 9180 << Name 9181 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9182 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9183 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9184 else 9185 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 9186 << Name << TSI->getType() 9187 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9188 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9189 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9190 } 9191 9192 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 9193 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 9194 // checks. 9195 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 9196 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 9197 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedAnyToId && 9198 !IsInitCapture && !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 9199 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9200 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << Name << Range; 9201 } 9202 9203 return DeducedType; 9204 } 9205 9206 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 9207 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 9208 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 9209 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 9210 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9211 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 9212 // the initializer. 9213 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9214 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 9215 return; 9216 } 9217 9218 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9219 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 9220 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 9221 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 9222 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 9223 return; 9224 } 9225 9226 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 9227 if (!VDecl) { 9228 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 9229 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 9230 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9231 return; 9232 } 9233 9234 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 9235 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9236 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 9237 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 9238 // TypoExpr. 9239 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 9240 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 9241 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9242 return; 9243 } 9244 Init = Res.get(); 9245 9246 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 9247 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), 9248 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 9249 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 9250 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9251 return; 9252 } 9253 9254 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 9255 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 9256 9257 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 9258 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 9259 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9260 9261 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 9262 // the previously declared type. 9263 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 9264 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 9265 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 9266 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 9267 } 9268 9269 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 9270 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 9271 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9272 return; 9273 } 9274 9275 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 9276 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 9277 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 9278 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9279 return; 9280 } 9281 9282 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 9283 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 9284 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 9285 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9286 return; 9287 } 9288 9289 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 9290 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 9291 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 9292 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 9293 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 9294 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 9295 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 9296 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 9297 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9298 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9299 return; 9300 } 9301 9302 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9303 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 9304 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9305 AbstractVariableType)) 9306 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9307 } 9308 9309 VarDecl *Def; 9310 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 9311 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 9312 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 9313 (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 9314 VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 9315 VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 9316 VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 9317 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 9318 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 9319 } else { 9320 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 9321 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9322 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9323 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9324 return; 9325 } 9326 } 9327 9328 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9329 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9330 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9331 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9332 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9333 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9334 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9335 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9336 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9337 // 9338 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9339 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9340 // declaration with an initializer. 9341 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9342 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9343 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9344 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9345 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9346 << 0; 9347 return; 9348 } 9349 9350 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9351 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9352 9353 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9354 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9355 return; 9356 } 9357 } 9358 9359 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9360 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9361 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 9362 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9363 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9364 return; 9365 } 9366 9367 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9368 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9369 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9370 9371 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9372 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9373 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9374 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9375 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9376 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9377 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9378 return; 9379 } 9380 Init = Result.get(); 9381 } 9382 9383 // Perform the initialization. 9384 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 9385 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9386 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9387 InitializationKind Kind = 9388 DirectInit 9389 ? CXXDirectInit 9390 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9391 Init->getLocStart(), 9392 Init->getLocEnd()) 9393 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(VDecl->getLocation()) 9394 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9395 Init->getLocStart()); 9396 9397 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9398 if (CXXDirectInit) 9399 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9400 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9401 9402 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9403 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9404 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9405 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9406 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9407 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 9408 }); 9409 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 9410 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9411 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 9412 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 9413 } 9414 } 9415 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9416 return; 9417 9418 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 9419 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 9420 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9421 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9422 return; 9423 } 9424 9425 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 9426 } 9427 9428 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 9429 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 9430 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 9431 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 9432 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 9433 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 9434 } 9435 9436 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 9437 // completed by the initializer. For example: 9438 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 9439 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 9440 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 9441 VDecl->setType(DclT); 9442 9443 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9444 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 9445 9446 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 9447 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 9448 9449 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 9450 // Although this code can still have problems: 9451 // id x = self.weakProp; 9452 // id y = self.weakProp; 9453 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 9454 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9455 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9456 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9457 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9458 Init->getLocStart())) 9459 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9460 } 9461 9462 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9463 // 9464 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9465 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9466 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9467 // 9468 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9469 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9470 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9471 // 9472 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9473 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9474 false, 9475 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9476 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9477 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9478 return; 9479 } 9480 Init = Result.get(); 9481 9482 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 9483 VDecl->setInit(Init); 9484 9485 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 9486 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 9487 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 9488 // C++ does not have this restriction. 9489 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9490 const Expr *Culprit; 9491 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9492 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9493 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 9494 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 9495 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 9496 // constant expressions. 9497 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 9498 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 9499 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9500 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 9501 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 9502 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9503 } 9504 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 9505 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 9506 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 9507 // 9508 // struct S { 9509 // static const int value = 17; 9510 // }; 9511 9512 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 9513 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 9514 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 9515 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 9516 // 9517 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 9518 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 9519 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9520 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 9521 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 9522 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 9523 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 9524 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 9525 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 9526 9527 // Do nothing on dependent types. 9528 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 9529 9530 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 9531 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 9532 // type. 9533 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9534 9535 // Require constness. 9536 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9537 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9538 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9539 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9540 9541 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9542 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9543 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9544 SourceLocation Loc; 9545 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9546 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9547 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9548 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9549 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9550 ; // Nothing to check. 9551 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9552 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9553 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9554 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9555 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9556 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9557 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9558 } else { 9559 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9560 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9561 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9562 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9563 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9564 } 9565 9566 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9567 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9568 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9569 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9570 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9571 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9572 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9573 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9574 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9575 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9576 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9577 } else { 9578 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9579 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9580 9581 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9582 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9583 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9584 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9585 } 9586 } 9587 9588 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9589 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9590 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9591 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9592 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9593 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9594 9595 } else { 9596 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9597 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9598 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9599 } 9600 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9601 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9602 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9603 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9604 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9605 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9606 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9607 9608 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9609 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9610 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9611 } 9612 9613 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9614 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9615 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9616 // 9617 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9618 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9619 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9620 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9621 // special case code. 9622 9623 // C++ 8.5p11: 9624 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9625 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9626 // class type. 9627 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9628 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9629 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9630 } else if (DirectInit) { 9631 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9632 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9633 } 9634 9635 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9636 } 9637 9638 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9639 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9640 /// of sanity. 9641 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9642 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9643 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9644 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9645 9646 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9647 if (!VD) return; 9648 9649 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9650 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9651 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9652 return; 9653 } 9654 9655 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9656 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9657 9658 // Require a complete type. 9659 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9660 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9661 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9662 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9663 return; 9664 } 9665 9666 // Require a non-abstract type. 9667 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9668 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9669 AbstractVariableType)) { 9670 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9671 return; 9672 } 9673 9674 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9675 // though. 9676 } 9677 9678 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9679 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9680 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9681 if (!RealDecl) 9682 return; 9683 9684 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9685 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9686 9687 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9688 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9689 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9690 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9691 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9692 return; 9693 } 9694 9695 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9696 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9697 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9698 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9699 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9700 // member. 9701 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9702 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9703 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9704 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9705 << Var->getDeclName(); 9706 else 9707 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9708 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9709 return; 9710 } 9711 9712 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 9713 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 9714 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 9715 if (Var->isConcept()) { 9716 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 9717 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9718 return; 9719 } 9720 9721 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9722 // be initialized. 9723 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9724 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9725 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9726 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9727 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9728 return; 9729 } 9730 9731 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9732 case VarDecl::Definition: 9733 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9734 break; 9735 9736 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9737 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9738 // a declaration. 9739 // 9740 // Fall through 9741 9742 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 9743 // It's only a declaration. 9744 9745 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 9746 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 9747 // object shall be complete. 9748 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 9749 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9750 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9751 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 9752 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9753 9754 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 9755 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9756 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9757 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9758 AbstractVariableType)) 9759 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9760 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9761 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 9762 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 9763 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 9764 } 9765 9766 return; 9767 9768 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 9769 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 9770 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 9771 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 9772 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 9773 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 9774 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 9775 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 9776 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 9777 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9778 ArrayT->getElementType(), 9779 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 9780 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9781 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9782 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 9783 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 9784 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 9785 // NOTE: code such as the following 9786 // static struct s; 9787 // struct s { int a; }; 9788 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 9789 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 9790 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 9791 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 9792 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9793 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 9794 } 9795 } 9796 9797 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 9798 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9799 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 9800 return; 9801 } 9802 9803 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9804 // definitions with incomplete array type. 9805 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 9806 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9807 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 9808 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9809 return; 9810 } 9811 9812 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9813 // definitions with reference type. 9814 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 9815 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 9816 << Var->getDeclName() 9817 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 9818 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9819 return; 9820 } 9821 9822 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 9823 // variable with dependent type. 9824 if (Type->isDependentType()) 9825 return; 9826 9827 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9828 return; 9829 9830 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9831 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9832 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 9833 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9834 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9835 return; 9836 } 9837 } else { 9838 return; 9839 } 9840 9841 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9842 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9843 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9844 AbstractVariableType)) { 9845 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9846 return; 9847 } 9848 9849 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 9850 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 9851 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 9852 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 9853 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 9854 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 9855 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 9856 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 9857 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 9858 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9859 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9860 if (const RecordType *Record 9861 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9862 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9863 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9864 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9865 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9866 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9867 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9868 } 9869 } 9870 9871 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9872 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9873 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9874 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9875 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9876 // type shall have a user-declared default 9877 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9878 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9879 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9880 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9881 // program is ill-formed. 9882 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 9883 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 9884 // default-initialized; [...]. 9885 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 9886 InitializationKind Kind 9887 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 9888 9889 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9890 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9891 if (Init.isInvalid()) 9892 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9893 else if (Init.get()) { 9894 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 9895 // This is important for template substitution. 9896 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9897 } 9898 9899 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 9900 } 9901 } 9902 9903 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 9904 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9905 if (!VD) { 9906 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 9907 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9908 return; 9909 } 9910 9911 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9912 9913 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 9914 int Error = -1; 9915 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 9916 case SC_None: 9917 break; 9918 case SC_Extern: 9919 Error = 0; 9920 break; 9921 case SC_Static: 9922 Error = 1; 9923 break; 9924 case SC_PrivateExtern: 9925 Error = 2; 9926 break; 9927 case SC_Auto: 9928 Error = 3; 9929 break; 9930 case SC_Register: 9931 Error = 4; 9932 break; 9933 } 9934 if (Error != -1) { 9935 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 9936 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 9937 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9938 } 9939 } 9940 9941 StmtResult 9942 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 9943 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 9944 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 9945 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 9946 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 9947 // A range-based for statement of the form 9948 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9949 // is equivalent to 9950 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9951 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9952 9953 const char *PrevSpec; 9954 unsigned DiagID; 9955 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 9956 getPrintingPolicy()); 9957 9958 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 9959 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 9960 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 9961 9962 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9963 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 9964 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 9965 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 9966 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9967 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 9968 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 9969 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 9970 } 9971 9972 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 9973 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9974 9975 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 9976 // local retaining variable. 9977 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 9978 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9979 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 9980 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9981 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9982 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9983 break; 9984 9985 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9986 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9987 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9988 break; 9989 } 9990 } 9991 9992 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 9993 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 9994 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 9995 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 9996 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 9997 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9998 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9999 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 10000 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 10001 var->getLocation())) { 10002 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 10003 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 10004 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 10005 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 10006 10007 if (!prev) 10008 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 10009 } 10010 10011 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 10012 const Expr *Culprit; 10013 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 10014 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 10015 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 10016 // have a non-trivial destructor. 10017 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 10018 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10019 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10020 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 10021 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10022 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 10023 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 10024 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 10025 // initialization. 10026 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 10027 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 10028 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10029 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10030 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10031 } 10032 10033 } 10034 10035 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 10036 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 10037 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10038 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10039 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 10040 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 10041 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 10042 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 10043 else if (!var->getInit()) { 10044 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 10045 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10046 } else { 10047 Stack = &DataSegStack; 10048 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10049 } 10050 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 10051 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 10052 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 10053 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 10054 } 10055 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 10056 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 10057 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 10058 10059 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 10060 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 10061 // attribute. 10062 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 10063 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 10064 CurInitSegLoc)); 10065 } 10066 10067 // All the following checks are C++ only. 10068 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 10069 10070 QualType type = var->getType(); 10071 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 10072 10073 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 10074 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10075 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 10076 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 10077 10078 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 10079 // constructing this copy. 10080 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 10081 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 10082 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 10083 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 10084 ExprResult result 10085 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 10086 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 10087 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 10088 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 10089 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 10090 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 10091 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 10092 } 10093 } 10094 } 10095 10096 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 10097 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 10098 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 10099 10100 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 10101 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 10102 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 10103 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 10104 var->getLocation())) { 10105 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 10106 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 10107 // warned about them. 10108 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 10109 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 10110 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 10111 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 10112 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10113 } 10114 10115 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 10116 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 10117 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 10118 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 10119 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 10120 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 10121 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 10122 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 10123 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 10124 Notes.clear(); 10125 } 10126 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 10127 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 10128 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 10129 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 10130 } 10131 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 10132 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 10133 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 10134 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 10135 var->checkInitIsICE(); 10136 } 10137 } 10138 10139 // Require the destructor. 10140 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 10141 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 10142 } 10143 10144 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 10145 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 10146 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 10147 return true; 10148 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 10149 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 10150 return true; 10151 return false; 10152 } 10153 10154 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 10155 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 10156 void 10157 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 10158 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 10159 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 10160 10161 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 10162 if (!VD) 10163 return; 10164 10165 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 10166 10167 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 10168 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 10169 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 10170 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 10171 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 10172 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 10173 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) { 10174 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 10175 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 10176 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 10177 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 10178 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 10179 } 10180 } 10181 } 10182 10183 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 10184 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 10185 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 10186 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 10187 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 10188 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 10189 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 10190 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 10191 } 10192 } 10193 } 10194 10195 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 10196 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 10197 10198 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 10199 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 10200 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 10201 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10202 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 10203 // with a warning. 10204 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 10205 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 10206 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 10207 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 10208 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10209 10210 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 10211 IsClassTemplateMember 10212 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 10213 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 10214 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10215 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 10216 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10217 } 10218 } 10219 10220 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 10221 // isn't exported with the variable. 10222 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 10223 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 10224 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 10225 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 10226 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 10227 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 10228 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 10229 } else { 10230 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 10231 << DLLAttr; 10232 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10233 } 10234 } 10235 10236 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 10237 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10238 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 10239 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 10240 } 10241 } 10242 10243 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 10244 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 10245 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 10246 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 10247 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 10248 10249 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 10250 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 10251 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 10252 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 10253 10254 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 10255 // tag values. 10256 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 10257 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 10258 return; 10259 10260 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 10261 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 10262 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 10263 continue; 10264 } 10265 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 10266 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 10267 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10268 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 10269 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10270 continue; 10271 } 10272 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 10273 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10274 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 10275 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10276 continue; 10277 } 10278 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 10279 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 10280 MagicValue, 10281 I->getMatchingCType(), 10282 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 10283 I->getMustBeNull()); 10284 } 10285 } 10286 10287 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 10288 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10289 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 10290 10291 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 10292 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 10293 10294 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 10295 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10296 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 10297 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 10298 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 10299 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 10300 Decls.push_back(D); 10301 } 10302 10303 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 10304 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 10305 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 10306 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 10307 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10308 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 10309 } 10310 } 10311 10312 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 10313 } 10314 10315 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 10316 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 10317 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 10318 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 10319 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10320 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 10321 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 10322 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 10323 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 10324 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 10325 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 10326 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 10327 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 10328 QualType Deduced; 10329 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 10330 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 10331 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10332 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 10333 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 10334 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 10335 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 10336 break; 10337 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 10338 if (!U.isNull()) { 10339 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 10340 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 10341 Deduced = U; 10342 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 10343 DeducedDecl = D; 10344 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 10345 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 10346 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 10347 << (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() 10348 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 10349 << U << D->getDeclName() 10350 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 10351 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 10352 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10353 break; 10354 } 10355 } 10356 } 10357 } 10358 } 10359 10360 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 10361 10362 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 10363 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 10364 } 10365 10366 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 10367 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 10368 } 10369 10370 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10371 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 10372 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 10373 return; 10374 10375 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 10376 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 10377 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 10378 Group[0]->getLocation())) 10379 return; 10380 10381 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 10382 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 10383 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 10384 // additional declaration references: 10385 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 10386 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 10387 // 'struct S *pS;' 10388 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 10389 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 10390 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 10391 Group = Group.slice(1); 10392 } 10393 } 10394 10395 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 10396 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 10397 if (!Comments.empty() && 10398 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 10399 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 10400 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 10401 // 10402 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 10403 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 10404 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 10405 // ahead through comments. 10406 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10407 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 10408 } 10409 } 10410 10411 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 10412 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 10413 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 10414 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 10415 10416 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 10417 10418 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 10419 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 10420 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 10421 SC = SC_Register; 10422 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10423 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 10424 SC = SC_Auto; 10425 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 10426 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10427 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 10428 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 10429 } 10430 10431 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10432 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 10433 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10434 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 10435 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 10436 << 0; 10437 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 10438 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 10439 10440 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 10441 10442 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10443 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 10444 10445 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10446 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 10447 // parameter. 10448 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10449 10450 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 10451 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 10452 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 10453 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 10454 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 10455 } 10456 } 10457 10458 // Ensure we have a valid name 10459 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 10460 if (D.hasName()) { 10461 II = D.getIdentifier(); 10462 if (!II) { 10463 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 10464 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 10465 D.setInvalidType(true); 10466 } 10467 } 10468 10469 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 10470 if (II) { 10471 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 10472 ForRedeclaration); 10473 LookupName(R, S); 10474 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 10475 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 10476 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10477 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10478 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10479 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10480 PrevDecl = nullptr; 10481 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10482 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 10483 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10484 10485 // Recover by removing the name 10486 II = nullptr; 10487 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 10488 D.setInvalidType(true); 10489 } 10490 } 10491 } 10492 10493 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 10494 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 10495 // looking like class members in C++. 10496 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10497 D.getLocStart(), 10498 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 10499 parmDeclType, TInfo, 10500 SC); 10501 10502 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10503 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10504 10505 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 10506 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 10507 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 10508 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 10509 10510 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 10511 S->AddDecl(New); 10512 if (II) 10513 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 10514 10515 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 10516 10517 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10518 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10519 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 10520 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10521 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10522 10523 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10524 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 10525 } 10526 return New; 10527 } 10528 10529 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 10530 /// typedef. 10531 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 10532 SourceLocation Loc, 10533 QualType T) { 10534 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 10535 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 10536 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 10537 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 10538 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 10539 SC_None, nullptr); 10540 Param->setImplicit(); 10541 return Param; 10542 } 10543 10544 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10545 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 10546 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 10547 // will already have done so in the template itself. 10548 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 10549 return; 10550 10551 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10552 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 10553 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 10554 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 10555 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 10556 } 10557 } 10558 } 10559 10560 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10561 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 10562 QualType ReturnTy, 10563 NamedDecl *D) { 10564 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 10565 return; 10566 10567 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10568 // threshold. 10569 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 10570 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 10571 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10572 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 10573 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 10574 } 10575 10576 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10577 // threshold. 10578 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10579 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 10580 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 10581 continue; 10582 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 10583 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10584 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 10585 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 10586 } 10587 } 10588 10589 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 10590 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 10591 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 10592 StorageClass SC) { 10593 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 10594 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 10595 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 10596 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 10597 10598 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 10599 10600 // Special cases for arrays: 10601 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 10602 // - otherwise, it's an error 10603 if (T->isArrayType()) { 10604 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 10605 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 10606 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 10607 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 10608 } 10609 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 10610 } else { 10611 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 10612 } 10613 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 10614 } 10615 10616 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 10617 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 10618 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 10619 10620 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 10621 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 10622 // the class has been completely parsed. 10623 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 10624 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10625 AbstractParamType)) 10626 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10627 10628 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 10629 // passed by reference. 10630 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 10631 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 10632 Diag(NameLoc, 10633 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 10634 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 10635 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 10636 New->setType(T); 10637 } 10638 10639 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 10640 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 10641 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 10642 // an address space. 10643 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 10644 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 10645 // to be qualified with an address space. 10646 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 10647 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 10648 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10649 } 10650 } 10651 10652 return New; 10653 } 10654 10655 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 10656 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 10657 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 10658 10659 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10660 // for a K&R function. 10661 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10662 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10663 --i; 10664 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10665 SmallString<256> Code; 10666 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10667 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10668 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10669 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 10670 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 10671 10672 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 10673 // type. 10674 AttributeFactory attrs; 10675 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 10676 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 10677 unsigned DiagID; // unused 10678 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 10679 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10680 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 10681 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10682 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10683 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 10684 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10685 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 10686 } 10687 } 10688 } 10689 } 10690 10691 Decl * 10692 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 10693 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 10694 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10695 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 10696 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 10697 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 10698 10699 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 10700 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 10701 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 10702 } 10703 10704 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 10705 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 10706 } 10707 10708 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10709 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10710 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 10711 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10712 return false; 10713 10714 // Or declarations that aren't global. 10715 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 10716 return false; 10717 10718 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 10719 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 10720 return false; 10721 10722 // Don't warn about 'main'. 10723 if (FD->isMain()) 10724 return false; 10725 10726 // Don't warn about inline functions. 10727 if (FD->isInlined()) 10728 return false; 10729 10730 // Don't warn about function templates. 10731 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10732 return false; 10733 10734 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 10735 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 10736 return false; 10737 10738 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 10739 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 10740 return false; 10741 10742 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 10743 if (FD->isDeleted()) 10744 return false; 10745 10746 bool MissingPrototype = true; 10747 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 10748 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 10749 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 10750 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 10751 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10752 continue; 10753 10754 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 10755 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 10756 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 10757 break; 10758 } 10759 10760 return MissingPrototype; 10761 } 10762 10763 void 10764 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 10765 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 10766 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10767 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 10768 // was an extern inline function. 10769 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 10770 if (!Definition) 10771 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 10772 return; 10773 10774 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 10775 return; 10776 10777 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 10778 // a template, skip the new definition. 10779 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 10780 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 10781 Definition->isInlined() || 10782 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 10783 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 10784 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 10785 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10786 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation()); 10787 else 10788 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition), 10789 FD->getLocation()); 10790 return; 10791 } 10792 10793 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 10794 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 10795 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 10796 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 10797 else 10798 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 10799 10800 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10801 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10802 } 10803 10804 10805 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 10806 Sema &S) { 10807 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 10808 10809 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 10810 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 10811 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 10812 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 10813 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 10814 10815 if (LCD == LCD_None) 10816 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 10817 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 10818 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 10819 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 10820 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 10821 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 10822 10823 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 10824 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 10825 10826 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 10827 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 10828 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 10829 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 10830 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 10831 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 10832 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 10833 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 10834 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 10835 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 10836 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 10837 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 10838 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 10839 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 10840 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10841 10842 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 10843 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 10844 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10845 } else { 10846 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 10847 } 10848 ++I; 10849 } 10850 } 10851 10852 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 10853 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10854 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 10855 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 10856 10857 if (!D) 10858 return D; 10859 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 10860 10861 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 10862 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10863 else 10864 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 10865 10866 // See if this is a redefinition. 10867 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 10868 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 10869 10870 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 10871 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 10872 return D; 10873 } 10874 10875 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 10876 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 10877 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 10878 // LambdaScopeInfo. 10879 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 10880 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 10881 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 10882 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 10883 // have the LSI properly restored. 10884 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 10885 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 10886 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 10887 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 10888 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 10889 } 10890 else 10891 // Enter a new function scope 10892 PushFunctionScope(); 10893 10894 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 10895 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10896 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 10897 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 10898 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 10899 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10900 } 10901 } 10902 10903 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 10904 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 10905 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 10906 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 10907 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10908 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 10909 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 10910 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10911 10912 if (FnBodyScope) 10913 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 10914 10915 // Check the validity of our function parameters 10916 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10917 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 10918 10919 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 10920 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 10921 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 10922 10923 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10924 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 10925 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 10926 10927 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 10928 } 10929 } 10930 10931 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 10932 // introduce them into the function scope. 10933 if (FnBodyScope) { 10934 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 10935 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 10936 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 10937 I != E; ++I) { 10938 NamedDecl *D = *I; 10939 10940 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 10941 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 10942 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 10943 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 10944 // Is the decl actually in the context? 10945 if (Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->containsDecl(D)) 10946 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 10947 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 10948 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10949 } 10950 10951 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 10952 if (!D->getName().empty()) 10953 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10954 10955 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 10956 // accessible in this scope. 10957 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 10958 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 10959 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10960 } 10961 } 10962 } 10963 10964 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 10965 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10966 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 10967 10968 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 10969 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 10970 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 10971 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 10972 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 10973 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10974 return D; 10975 } 10976 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 10977 // a function template). 10978 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 10979 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10980 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 10981 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 10982 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 10983 10984 return D; 10985 } 10986 10987 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 10988 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 10989 /// optimization. 10990 /// 10991 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 10992 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 10993 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 10994 /// use the named return value optimization. 10995 /// 10996 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 10997 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 10998 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 10999 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 11000 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 11001 11002 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 11003 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 11004 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 11005 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 11006 } 11007 } 11008 } 11009 11010 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 11011 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 11012 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 11013 return false; 11014 11015 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 11016 // return type (yet). 11017 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 11018 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 11019 // we can still delay parsing it. 11020 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 11021 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 11022 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 11023 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 11024 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 11025 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 11026 } 11027 } 11028 return false; 11029 } 11030 11031 return true; 11032 } 11033 11034 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 11035 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 11036 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 11037 // rest of the file. 11038 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 11039 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 11040 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 11041 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 11042 return false; 11043 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 11044 } 11045 11046 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 11047 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 11048 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11049 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 11050 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11051 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 11052 } 11053 11054 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 11055 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 11056 } 11057 11058 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 11059 bool IsInstantiation) { 11060 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 11061 11062 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 11063 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 11064 11065 if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty()) 11066 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 11067 11068 if (FD) { 11069 FD->setBody(Body); 11070 11071 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 11072 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 11073 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 11074 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 11075 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 11076 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 11077 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 11078 << FD->getReturnType(); 11079 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11080 } else { 11081 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 11082 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 11083 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 11084 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 11085 } 11086 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 11087 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 11088 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 11089 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 11090 11091 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 11092 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 11093 // [the deduced type is] the type void 11094 QualType RetType = 11095 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 11096 11097 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 11098 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 11099 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11100 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 11101 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 11102 } 11103 } 11104 11105 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 11106 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 11107 // is the first declaration. 11108 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 11109 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 11110 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11111 else if (FD->isInlined() && 11112 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 11113 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 11114 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11115 } 11116 11117 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 11118 // don't complain about missing return statements. 11119 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 11120 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 11121 11122 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 11123 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 11124 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 11125 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 11126 11127 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11128 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 11129 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 11130 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 11131 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 11132 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 11133 11134 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 11135 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 11136 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 11137 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 11138 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 11139 11140 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 11141 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 11142 // to deduce an implicit return type. 11143 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 11144 !FD->isDependentContext()) 11145 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11146 } 11147 11148 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 11149 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 11150 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 11151 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 11152 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 11153 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 11154 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 11155 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 11156 11157 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11158 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 11159 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 11160 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 11161 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 11162 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 11163 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 11164 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 11165 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 11166 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 11167 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 11168 } 11169 } 11170 } 11171 11172 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 11173 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 11174 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 11175 MD->isVirtual() && 11176 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 11177 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 11178 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 11179 if (FD->isInlined() && 11180 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 11181 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 11182 11183 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 11184 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 11185 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 11186 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 11187 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 11188 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11189 } else { 11190 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 11191 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11192 } 11193 } 11194 } 11195 11196 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 11197 "Function parsing confused"); 11198 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 11199 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 11200 MD->setBody(Body); 11201 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11202 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 11203 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 11204 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 11205 11206 if (Body) 11207 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11208 } 11209 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 11210 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 11211 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 11212 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 11213 } 11214 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 11215 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 11216 bool isDesignated = 11217 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 11218 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 11219 (void)isDesignated; 11220 11221 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 11222 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 11223 if (!IFace) 11224 return false; 11225 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 11226 if (!SuperD) 11227 return false; 11228 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 11229 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 11230 }; 11231 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 11232 // of NSObject. 11233 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 11234 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11235 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 11236 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 11237 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 11238 } 11239 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 11240 } 11241 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 11242 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 11243 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 11244 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11245 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 11246 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 11247 } 11248 } else { 11249 return nullptr; 11250 } 11251 11252 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 11253 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 11254 "handled in the block above."); 11255 11256 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 11257 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 11258 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 11259 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 11260 // Verify this. 11261 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 11262 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 11263 11264 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 11265 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 11266 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 11267 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 11268 11269 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 11270 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 11271 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 11272 11273 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 11274 Destructor->getParent()); 11275 } 11276 11277 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11278 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11279 // deletion in some later function. 11280 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 11281 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 11282 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11283 } 11284 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 11285 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 11286 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 11287 // enabled. 11288 ActivePolicy = &WP; 11289 } 11290 11291 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11292 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 11293 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 11294 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11295 11296 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 11297 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 11298 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 11299 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 11300 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11301 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11302 break; 11303 } 11304 } 11305 } 11306 11307 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 11308 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 11309 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 11310 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 11311 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 11312 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 11313 } 11314 11315 if (!IsInstantiation) 11316 PopDeclContext(); 11317 11318 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 11319 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11320 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11321 // deletion in some later function. 11322 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 11323 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11324 } 11325 11326 return dcl; 11327 } 11328 11329 11330 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 11331 /// relevant Decl. 11332 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 11333 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 11334 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 11335 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 11336 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 11337 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 11338 11339 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 11340 if (Method->isStatic()) 11341 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 11342 } 11343 11344 11345 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 11346 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 11347 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 11348 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 11349 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 11350 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 11351 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 11352 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 11353 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 11354 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 11355 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11356 return ExternCPrev; 11357 } 11358 11359 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 11360 unsigned diag_id; 11361 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 11362 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 11363 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 11364 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 11365 else 11366 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 11367 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 11368 11369 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 11370 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 11371 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 11372 TypoCorrection Corrected; 11373 if (S && 11374 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 11375 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 11376 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 11377 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 11378 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 11379 } 11380 11381 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 11382 const char *Dummy; 11383 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 11384 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 11385 unsigned DiagID; 11386 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 11387 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11388 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 11389 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 11390 SourceLocation NoLoc; 11391 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 11392 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 11393 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 11394 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11395 /*Params=*/nullptr, 11396 /*NumParams=*/0, 11397 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 11398 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11399 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 11400 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 11401 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11402 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11403 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11404 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11405 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 11406 EST_None, 11407 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 11408 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 11409 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 11410 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 11411 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 11412 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 11413 Loc, Loc, D), 11414 DS.getAttributes(), 11415 SourceLocation()); 11416 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 11417 11418 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 11419 11420 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 11421 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11422 11423 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 11424 FD->setImplicit(); 11425 11426 CurContext = PrevDC; 11427 11428 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 11429 11430 return FD; 11431 } 11432 11433 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 11434 /// the declaration of this function. 11435 /// 11436 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 11437 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 11438 /// like NSLog or printf. 11439 /// 11440 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 11441 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 11442 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 11443 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11444 return; 11445 11446 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 11447 // actual attributes. 11448 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11449 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 11450 unsigned FormatIdx; 11451 bool HasVAListArg; 11452 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 11453 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 11454 const char *fmt = "printf"; 11455 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 11456 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 11457 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 11458 fmt = "NSString"; 11459 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11460 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 11461 FormatIdx+1, 11462 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11463 FD->getLocation())); 11464 } 11465 } 11466 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 11467 HasVAListArg)) { 11468 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11469 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11470 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 11471 FormatIdx+1, 11472 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11473 FD->getLocation())); 11474 } 11475 11476 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 11477 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 11478 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 11479 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 11480 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 11481 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11482 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11483 } 11484 11485 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 11486 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 11487 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11488 FD->getLocation())); 11489 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 11490 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11491 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11492 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11493 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads && 11494 Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 11495 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 11496 // Assign appropriate attribute depending on CUDA compilation 11497 // mode and the target builtin belongs to. E.g. during host 11498 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, the rest are __host__. 11499 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 11500 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 11501 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11502 else 11503 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11504 } 11505 } 11506 11507 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 11508 if (!Name) 11509 return; 11510 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11511 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 11512 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 11513 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 11514 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 11515 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 11516 // about. 11517 } else 11518 return; 11519 11520 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 11521 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 11522 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 11523 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11524 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11525 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 11526 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 11527 FD->getLocation())); 11528 } 11529 11530 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 11531 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 11532 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 11533 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 11534 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 11535 FD->getLocation())); 11536 } 11537 } 11538 11539 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 11540 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 11541 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 11542 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 11543 11544 if (!TInfo) { 11545 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 11546 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 11547 } 11548 11549 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 11550 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11551 D.getLocStart(), 11552 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 11553 D.getIdentifier(), 11554 TInfo); 11555 11556 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 11557 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 11558 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 11559 return NewTD; 11560 } 11561 11562 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 11563 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11564 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11565 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 11566 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11567 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11568 else 11569 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 11570 } 11571 11572 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 11573 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 11574 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 11575 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 11576 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 11577 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 11578 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 11579 case TST_enum: 11580 case TST_struct: 11581 case TST_interface: 11582 case TST_union: 11583 case TST_class: { 11584 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 11585 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 11586 break; 11587 } 11588 11589 default: 11590 break; 11591 } 11592 11593 return NewTD; 11594 } 11595 11596 11597 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 11598 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 11599 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11600 QualType T = TI->getType(); 11601 11602 if (T->isDependentType()) 11603 return false; 11604 11605 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 11606 if (BT->isInteger()) 11607 return false; 11608 11609 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 11610 return true; 11611 } 11612 11613 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 11614 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 11615 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 11616 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 11617 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 11618 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 11619 11620 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 11621 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 11622 << Prev->isScoped(); 11623 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11624 return true; 11625 } 11626 11627 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 11628 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 11629 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 11630 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 11631 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 11632 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 11633 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 11634 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 11635 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 11636 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 11637 return true; 11638 } 11639 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 11640 ; 11641 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 11642 ; 11643 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 11644 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 11645 << Prev->isFixed(); 11646 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11647 return true; 11648 } 11649 11650 return false; 11651 } 11652 11653 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 11654 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 11655 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 11656 /// 11657 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 11658 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 11659 switch (Tag) { 11660 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 11661 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 11662 case TTK_Class: return 2; 11663 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 11664 } 11665 } 11666 11667 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 11668 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 11669 /// 11670 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 11671 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 11672 { 11673 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 11674 } 11675 11676 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 11677 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 11678 /// 11679 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 11680 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 11681 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 11682 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 11683 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 11684 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 11685 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 11686 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 11687 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 11688 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 11689 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 11690 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 11691 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 11692 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 11693 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 11694 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 11695 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 11696 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 11697 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 11698 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 11699 if (OldTag == NewTag) 11700 return true; 11701 11702 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 11703 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 11704 bool isTemplate = false; 11705 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 11706 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11707 11708 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 11709 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 11710 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 11711 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11712 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11713 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11714 return true; 11715 } 11716 11717 if (isDefinition) { 11718 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 11719 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 11720 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11721 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 11722 return true; 11723 } 11724 11725 bool previousMismatch = false; 11726 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 11727 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 11728 if (!previousMismatch) { 11729 previousMismatch = true; 11730 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 11731 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11732 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 11733 } 11734 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11735 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 11736 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 11737 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 11738 } 11739 } 11740 return true; 11741 } 11742 11743 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 11744 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 11745 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 11746 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 11747 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 11748 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 11749 return true; 11750 } 11751 11752 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11753 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11754 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11755 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11756 11757 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 11758 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11759 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11760 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 11761 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 11762 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 11763 } 11764 11765 return true; 11766 } 11767 return false; 11768 } 11769 11770 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 11771 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 11772 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 11773 /// namespace N { 11774 /// struct X; 11775 /// namespace M { 11776 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 11777 /// } 11778 /// } 11779 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 11780 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11781 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 11782 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 11783 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 11784 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 11785 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11786 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 11787 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 11788 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 11789 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 11790 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 11791 return FixItHint(); 11792 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 11793 Namespaces.push_back(II); 11794 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 11795 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 11796 if (Lookup == Namespace) 11797 break; 11798 } 11799 11800 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 11801 // build an NNS. 11802 SmallString<64> Insertion; 11803 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 11804 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 11805 OS << "::"; 11806 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 11807 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 11808 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 11809 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 11810 } 11811 11812 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 11813 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 11814 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 11815 /// using-declaration). 11816 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 11817 DeclContext *NewDC) { 11818 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 11819 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 11820 11821 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 11822 return true; 11823 11824 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 11825 // encloses the other). 11826 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 11827 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 11828 return true; 11829 11830 return false; 11831 } 11832 11833 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 11834 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 11835 /// nothing. 11836 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 11837 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11838 DC = DC->getParent(); 11839 return DC; 11840 } 11841 11842 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 11843 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 11844 /// nothing. 11845 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 11846 while (S->isClassScope() || 11847 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 11848 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 11849 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 11850 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 11851 S = S->getParent(); 11852 return S; 11853 } 11854 11855 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 11856 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 11857 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 11858 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 11859 /// 11860 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 11861 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 11862 /// 11863 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 11864 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 11865 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 11866 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 11867 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 11868 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 11869 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 11870 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11871 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 11872 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 11873 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 11874 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 11875 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11876 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 11877 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 11878 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 11879 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 11880 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 11881 11882 OwnedDecl = false; 11883 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 11884 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 11885 11886 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 11887 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 11888 bool Invalid = false; 11889 11890 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 11891 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 11892 // for non-C++ cases. 11893 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 11894 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 11895 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 11896 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 11897 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 11898 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 11899 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11900 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 11901 return nullptr; 11902 } 11903 11904 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 11905 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 11906 // be a member of another template). 11907 11908 if (Invalid) 11909 return nullptr; 11910 11911 OwnedDecl = false; 11912 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 11913 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 11914 TemplateParams, AS, 11915 ModulePrivateLoc, 11916 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 11917 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 11918 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 11919 SkipBody); 11920 return Result.get(); 11921 } else { 11922 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 11923 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 11924 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 11925 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 11926 } 11927 } 11928 } 11929 11930 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 11931 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 11932 // redeclaration. 11933 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 11934 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 11935 11936 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11937 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 11938 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 11939 // type, default to int. 11940 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11941 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 11942 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 11943 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 11944 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 11945 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 11946 EnumUnderlying = TI; 11947 11948 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 11949 // Recover by falling back to int. 11950 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11951 11952 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 11953 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 11954 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11955 11956 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 11957 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11958 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 11959 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11960 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 11961 } 11962 } 11963 } 11964 11965 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 11966 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 11967 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 11968 11969 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 11970 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 11971 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 11972 11973 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 11974 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11975 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 11976 11977 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 11978 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 11979 Name = nullptr; 11980 goto CreateNewDecl; 11981 } 11982 11983 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 11984 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 11985 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11986 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 11987 if (!DC) { 11988 IsDependent = true; 11989 return nullptr; 11990 } 11991 } else { 11992 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 11993 if (!DC) { 11994 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 11995 << SS.getRange(); 11996 return nullptr; 11997 } 11998 } 11999 12000 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 12001 return nullptr; 12002 12003 SearchDC = DC; 12004 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 12005 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 12006 12007 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12008 return nullptr; 12009 12010 if (Previous.empty()) { 12011 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 12012 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 12013 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 12014 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 12015 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 12016 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 12017 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 12018 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12019 IsDependent = true; 12020 return nullptr; 12021 } 12022 12023 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 12024 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 12025 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 12026 Name = nullptr; 12027 Invalid = true; 12028 goto CreateNewDecl; 12029 } 12030 } else if (Name) { 12031 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 12032 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 12033 // name different from T: 12034 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 12035 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12036 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 12037 return nullptr; 12038 12039 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 12040 // declaration or definition. 12041 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 12042 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 12043 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 12044 LookupName(Previous, S); 12045 12046 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 12047 // by types using'ed into this scope. 12048 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 12049 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 12050 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12051 while (F.hasNext()) { 12052 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12053 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 12054 F.erase(); 12055 } 12056 F.done(); 12057 } 12058 12059 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 12060 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 12061 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 12062 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 12063 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 12064 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 12065 // 12066 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 12067 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 12068 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 12069 // 12070 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 12071 // semantic context? 12072 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12073 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12074 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12075 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 12076 while (F.hasNext()) { 12077 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12078 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12079 if (DC->isFileContext() && 12080 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 12081 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12082 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 12083 else 12084 F.erase(); 12085 } 12086 } 12087 F.done(); 12088 12089 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 12090 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 12091 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 12092 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12093 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 12094 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 12095 } 12096 } 12097 12098 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 12099 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12100 return nullptr; 12101 12102 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 12103 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 12104 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 12105 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 12106 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 12107 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 12108 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 12109 } 12110 } 12111 12112 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 12113 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 12114 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12115 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12116 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12117 Previous.clear(); 12118 } 12119 12120 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 12121 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 12122 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 12123 isStdBadAlloc = true; 12124 12125 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 12126 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 12127 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 12128 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 12129 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 12130 } 12131 } 12132 12133 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 12134 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 12135 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 12136 // there's a shadow friend decl. 12137 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 12138 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12139 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 12140 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 12141 12142 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12143 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 12144 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 12145 // 12146 // class-key identifier 12147 // 12148 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 12149 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 12150 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 12151 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 12152 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 12153 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 12154 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 12155 // declaration. 12156 // 12157 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 12158 // C structs and unions. 12159 // 12160 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 12161 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 12162 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 12163 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 12164 // 12165 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 12166 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 12167 // 12168 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 12169 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 12170 // lexical context, 12171 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 12172 12173 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 12174 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 12175 } else { 12176 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 12177 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 12178 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 12179 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 12180 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 12181 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12182 } 12183 12184 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 12185 // diagnose some problems. 12186 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 12187 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 12188 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 12189 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 12190 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12191 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12192 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 12193 } else { 12194 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12195 LookupName(Previous, S); 12196 } 12197 } 12198 12199 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 12200 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 12201 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 12202 12203 if (!Previous.empty()) { 12204 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12205 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12206 12207 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 12208 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 12209 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 12210 // in C++. 12211 // 12212 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 12213 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 12214 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 12215 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 12216 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12217 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12218 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 12219 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 12220 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 12221 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 12222 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 12223 PrevDecl = Tag; 12224 Previous.clear(); 12225 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 12226 Previous.resolveKind(); 12227 } 12228 } 12229 } 12230 } 12231 12232 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 12233 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 12234 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 12235 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 12236 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 12237 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12238 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 12239 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 12240 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 12241 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 12242 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 12243 diag::note_using_decl_target); 12244 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 12245 << 0; 12246 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 12247 Previous.clear(); 12248 goto CreateNewDecl; 12249 } 12250 } 12251 12252 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12253 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 12254 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 12255 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 12256 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 12257 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12258 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12259 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 12260 // struct or something similar. 12261 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 12262 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 12263 Name)) { 12264 bool SafeToContinue 12265 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 12266 Kind != TTK_Enum); 12267 if (SafeToContinue) 12268 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 12269 << Name 12270 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 12271 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 12272 else 12273 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 12274 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12275 12276 if (SafeToContinue) 12277 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 12278 else { 12279 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 12280 Name = nullptr; 12281 Previous.clear(); 12282 Invalid = true; 12283 } 12284 } 12285 12286 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 12287 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 12288 12289 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 12290 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 12291 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12292 if (ScopedEnum) 12293 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 12294 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 12295 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 12296 return PrevTagDecl; 12297 } 12298 12299 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 12300 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12301 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 12302 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 12303 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 12304 12305 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 12306 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 12307 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 12308 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 12309 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 12310 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 12311 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 12312 } 12313 12314 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 12315 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 12316 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 12317 // and then later defined. 12318 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 12319 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 12320 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 12321 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12322 } 12323 12324 if (!Invalid) { 12325 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 12326 // we have attributes. 12327 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12328 if (Attr) { 12329 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 12330 // declaration to hold them. 12331 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 12332 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 12333 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 12334 PP.getModuleContainingLocation( 12335 PrevDecl->getLocation()) != 12336 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(KWLoc)) && 12337 SS.isEmpty()) { 12338 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 12339 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 12340 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 12341 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 12342 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 12343 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 12344 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 12345 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 12346 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 12347 return PrevTagDecl; 12348 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 12349 // that scope. 12350 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 12351 } else { 12352 return PrevTagDecl; 12353 } 12354 } 12355 12356 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 12357 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12358 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 12359 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 12360 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 12361 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 12362 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 12363 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 12364 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 12365 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12366 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12367 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12368 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 12369 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12370 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12371 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12372 } 12373 12374 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 12375 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12376 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 12377 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 12378 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 12379 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 12380 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 12381 // use it in place of this one. 12382 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 12383 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 12384 return Def; 12385 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 12386 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 12387 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 12388 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 12389 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 12390 else 12391 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 12392 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12393 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 12394 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 12395 // references get the previous definition. 12396 Name = nullptr; 12397 Previous.clear(); 12398 Invalid = true; 12399 } 12400 } else { 12401 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 12402 // about a nested redefinition. 12403 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 12404 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 12405 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 12406 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 12407 diag::note_previous_definition); 12408 Name = nullptr; 12409 Previous.clear(); 12410 Invalid = true; 12411 } 12412 } 12413 12414 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 12415 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 12416 } 12417 12418 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 12419 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 12420 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 12421 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12422 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 12423 AS = AS_none; 12424 } 12425 } 12426 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 12427 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 12428 12429 } else { 12430 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 12431 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 12432 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 12433 // have distinct types. 12434 Previous.clear(); 12435 } 12436 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 12437 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 12438 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 12439 12440 12441 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 12442 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 12443 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 12444 } else { 12445 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 12446 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 12447 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 12448 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 12449 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 12450 unsigned Kind = 0; 12451 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12452 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12453 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12454 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 12455 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 12456 Invalid = true; 12457 12458 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 12459 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12460 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12461 // do nothing 12462 12463 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 12464 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12465 unsigned Kind = 0; 12466 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12467 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12468 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12469 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 12470 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12471 Invalid = true; 12472 12473 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 12474 // case here. 12475 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12476 unsigned Kind = 0; 12477 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12478 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 12479 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 12480 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12481 Invalid = true; 12482 12483 // Otherwise, diagnose. 12484 } else { 12485 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 12486 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 12487 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 12488 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12489 Name = nullptr; 12490 Invalid = true; 12491 } 12492 12493 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 12494 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 12495 Previous.clear(); 12496 } 12497 } 12498 12499 CreateNewDecl: 12500 12501 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12502 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 12503 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12504 12505 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 12506 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 12507 // keyword. 12508 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 12509 12510 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 12511 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 12512 // PrevDecl. 12513 TagDecl *New; 12514 12515 bool IsForwardReference = false; 12516 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12517 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12518 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 12519 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12520 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 12521 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 12522 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 12523 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 12524 TagDecl *Def; 12525 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 12526 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 12527 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 12528 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 12529 } 12530 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 12531 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 12532 << New; 12533 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12534 } else { 12535 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 12536 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12537 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 12538 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12539 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 12540 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 12541 12542 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 12543 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 12544 // the declaration context. 12545 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 12546 IsForwardReference = true; 12547 } 12548 } 12549 12550 if (EnumUnderlying) { 12551 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 12552 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12553 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 12554 else 12555 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 12556 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 12557 } 12558 12559 } else { 12560 // struct/union/class 12561 12562 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12563 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 12564 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12565 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 12566 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12567 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12568 12569 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 12570 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 12571 } else 12572 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12573 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12574 } 12575 12576 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 12577 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 12578 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12579 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 12580 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12581 Invalid = true; 12582 } 12583 12584 // Maybe add qualifier info. 12585 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12586 if (SS.isSet()) { 12587 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 12588 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 12589 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 12590 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 12591 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 12592 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 12593 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 12594 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 12595 Invalid = true; 12596 12597 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 12598 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 12599 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 12600 } 12601 } 12602 else 12603 Invalid = true; 12604 } 12605 12606 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 12607 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 12608 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 12609 // 12610 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 12611 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 12612 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 12613 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 12614 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 12615 // parsing of the struct). 12616 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12617 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 12618 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 12619 } 12620 } 12621 12622 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 12623 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 12624 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 12625 << 2 12626 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 12627 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 12628 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 12629 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 12630 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12631 New->setModulePrivate(); 12632 } 12633 12634 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 12635 // check the specialization. 12636 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 12637 Invalid = true; 12638 12639 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 12640 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 12641 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 12642 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 12643 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 12644 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12645 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 12646 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 12647 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 12648 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 12649 << Name; 12650 Invalid = true; 12651 } 12652 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 12653 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12654 } 12655 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 12656 } 12657 12658 if (Invalid) 12659 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12660 12661 if (Attr) 12662 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12663 12664 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 12665 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 12666 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 12667 12668 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 12669 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 12670 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 12671 // the tag name visible. 12672 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 12673 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 12674 12675 // Set the access specifier. 12676 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 12677 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 12678 12679 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 12680 New->startDefinition(); 12681 12682 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12683 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12684 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 12685 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 12686 if (PrevDecl) 12687 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 12688 12689 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12690 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12691 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 12692 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 12693 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 12694 } else if (Name) { 12695 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12696 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 12697 if (IsForwardReference) 12698 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12699 12700 } else { 12701 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12702 } 12703 12704 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 12705 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 12706 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 12707 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 12708 II->isStr("FILE")) 12709 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 12710 12711 if (PrevDecl) 12712 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 12713 12714 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12715 // record. 12716 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 12717 12718 OwnedDecl = true; 12719 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 12720 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 12721 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 12722 } 12723 12724 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12725 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12726 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12727 12728 // Enter the tag context. 12729 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 12730 12731 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 12732 12733 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12734 // record. 12735 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 12736 } 12737 12738 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 12739 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 12740 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 12741 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 12742 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 12743 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 12744 CurContext = OCD; 12745 return IDecl; 12746 } 12747 12748 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12749 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 12750 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 12751 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 12752 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12753 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 12754 12755 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 12756 12757 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 12758 return; 12759 12760 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 12761 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 12762 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 12763 12764 // C++ [class]p2: 12765 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 12766 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 12767 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 12768 // as if it were a public member name. 12769 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 12770 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 12771 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 12772 Record->getIdentifier(), 12773 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 12774 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 12775 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 12776 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 12777 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 12778 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 12779 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 12780 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 12781 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 12782 "Broken injected-class-name"); 12783 } 12784 12785 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12786 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 12787 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12788 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12789 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 12790 12791 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12792 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12793 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 12794 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12795 RD->completeDefinition(); 12796 } 12797 12798 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 12799 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 12800 12801 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 12802 PopDeclContext(); 12803 12804 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12805 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 12806 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 12807 12808 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 12809 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 12810 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 12811 } 12812 12813 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 12814 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 12815 PopDeclContext(); 12816 } 12817 12818 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12819 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 12820 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 12821 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 12822 } 12823 12824 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12825 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 12826 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 12827 } 12828 12829 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12830 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12831 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12832 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 12833 12834 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12835 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12836 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12837 RD->completeDefinition(); 12838 } 12839 12840 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 12841 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 12842 // the FieldCollector. 12843 12844 PopDeclContext(); 12845 } 12846 12847 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 12848 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 12849 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 12850 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 12851 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 12852 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 12853 if (ZeroWidth) 12854 *ZeroWidth = true; 12855 12856 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 12857 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 12858 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 12859 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 12860 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 12861 return ExprError(); 12862 if (FieldName) 12863 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 12864 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12865 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 12866 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12867 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 12868 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 12869 return ExprError(); 12870 12871 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 12872 // it now. 12873 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 12874 return BitWidth; 12875 12876 llvm::APSInt Value; 12877 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 12878 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 12879 return ICE; 12880 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 12881 12882 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 12883 *ZeroWidth = false; 12884 12885 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 12886 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 12887 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 12888 12889 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 12890 if (FieldName) 12891 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12892 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 12893 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12894 << Value.toString(10); 12895 } 12896 12897 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 12898 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 12899 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 12900 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 12901 12902 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 12903 // ABI. 12904 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 12905 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 12906 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 12907 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 12908 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 12909 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 12910 unsigned DiagWidth = 12911 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 12912 if (FieldName) 12913 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12914 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12915 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 12916 12917 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12918 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 12919 << DiagWidth; 12920 } 12921 12922 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 12923 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 12924 // 'bool'. 12925 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 12926 if (FieldName) 12927 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12928 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12929 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 12930 else 12931 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12932 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 12933 } 12934 } 12935 12936 return BitWidth; 12937 } 12938 12939 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 12940 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 12941 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 12942 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 12943 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 12944 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 12945 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 12946 return Res; 12947 } 12948 12949 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 12950 /// 12951 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 12952 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12953 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 12954 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12955 AccessSpecifier AS) { 12956 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12957 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12958 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12959 12960 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12961 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12962 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12963 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 12964 12965 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 12966 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 12967 D.setInvalidType(); 12968 T = Context.IntTy; 12969 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 12970 } 12971 } 12972 12973 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 12974 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 12975 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 12976 D.setInvalidType(); 12977 } 12978 12979 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 12980 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 12981 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 12982 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 12983 D.setInvalidType(); 12984 } 12985 12986 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 12987 12988 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 12989 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12990 diag::err_invalid_thread) 12991 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 12992 12993 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 12994 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12995 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 12996 LookupName(Previous, S); 12997 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 12998 case LookupResult::Found: 12999 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 13000 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 13001 break; 13002 13003 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 13004 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13005 break; 13006 13007 case LookupResult::NotFound: 13008 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 13009 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 13010 break; 13011 } 13012 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 13013 13014 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13015 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13016 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 13017 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13018 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13019 } 13020 13021 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 13022 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13023 13024 bool Mutable 13025 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 13026 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 13027 FieldDecl *NewFD 13028 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 13029 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 13030 13031 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 13032 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13033 13034 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13035 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 13036 13037 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 13038 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 13039 // with the same name in the same scope. 13040 } else if (II) { 13041 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 13042 } else 13043 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 13044 13045 return NewFD; 13046 } 13047 13048 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 13049 /// 13050 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 13051 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 13052 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 13053 /// created. 13054 /// 13055 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 13056 /// 13057 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 13058 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 13059 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 13060 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 13061 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 13062 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13063 SourceLocation TSSL, 13064 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 13065 Declarator *D) { 13066 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 13067 bool InvalidDecl = false; 13068 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 13069 13070 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 13071 // marking this declaration as invalid. 13072 if (T.isNull()) { 13073 InvalidDecl = true; 13074 T = Context.IntTy; 13075 } 13076 13077 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 13078 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13079 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13080 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 13081 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13082 InvalidDecl = true; 13083 } else { 13084 NamedDecl *Def; 13085 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 13086 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 13087 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13088 InvalidDecl = true; 13089 } 13090 } 13091 } 13092 13093 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 13094 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 13095 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 13096 InvalidDecl = true; 13097 } 13098 13099 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13100 // than a variably modified type. 13101 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13102 bool SizeIsNegative; 13103 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 13104 13105 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 13106 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 13107 SizeIsNegative, 13108 Oversized); 13109 if (FixedTInfo) { 13110 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 13111 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 13112 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 13113 } else { 13114 if (SizeIsNegative) 13115 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 13116 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 13117 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 13118 << Oversized.toString(10); 13119 else 13120 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 13121 InvalidDecl = true; 13122 } 13123 } 13124 13125 // Fields can not have abstract class types 13126 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 13127 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13128 AbstractFieldType)) 13129 InvalidDecl = true; 13130 13131 bool ZeroWidth = false; 13132 if (InvalidDecl) 13133 BitWidth = nullptr; 13134 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 13135 if (BitWidth) { 13136 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 13137 &ZeroWidth).get(); 13138 if (!BitWidth) { 13139 InvalidDecl = true; 13140 BitWidth = nullptr; 13141 ZeroWidth = false; 13142 } 13143 } 13144 13145 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 13146 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 13147 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13148 if (T->isReferenceType()) 13149 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 13150 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 13151 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 13152 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 13153 13154 if (DiagID) { 13155 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 13156 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 13157 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 13158 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 13159 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 13160 Mutable = false; 13161 InvalidDecl = true; 13162 } 13163 } 13164 } 13165 13166 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 13167 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 13168 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 13169 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 13170 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 13171 13172 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 13173 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 13174 if (InvalidDecl) 13175 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13176 13177 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13178 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13179 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13180 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13181 } 13182 13183 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13184 if (Record->isUnion()) { 13185 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13186 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13187 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13188 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 13189 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 13190 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 13191 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 13192 // objects. 13193 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 13194 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13195 } 13196 } 13197 13198 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 13199 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 13200 // enabled. 13201 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 13202 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 13203 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 13204 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 13205 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 13206 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 13207 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13208 } 13209 } 13210 } 13211 13212 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 13213 // representation, not a parser representation. 13214 if (D) { 13215 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 13216 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 13217 13218 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 13219 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 13220 } 13221 13222 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 13223 // retainable type. 13224 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 13225 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13226 13227 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 13228 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 13229 13230 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 13231 return NewFD; 13232 } 13233 13234 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 13235 assert(FD); 13236 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 13237 13238 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 13239 return false; 13240 13241 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13242 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13243 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13244 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13245 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 13246 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 13247 // copy constructors. 13248 13249 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 13250 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 13251 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 13252 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 13253 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 13254 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 13255 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 13256 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 13257 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 13258 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 13259 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 13260 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 13261 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 13262 member = CXXDestructor; 13263 13264 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 13265 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 13266 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 13267 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 13268 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 13269 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 13270 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 13271 // members unavailable. 13272 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 13273 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 13274 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 13275 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13276 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 13277 return false; 13278 } 13279 } 13280 13281 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 13282 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 13283 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 13284 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 13285 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 13286 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 13287 } 13288 } 13289 } 13290 13291 return false; 13292 } 13293 13294 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 13295 /// AST enum value. 13296 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 13297 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 13298 switch (ivarVisibility) { 13299 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 13300 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 13301 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 13302 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 13303 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 13304 } 13305 } 13306 13307 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 13308 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 13309 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 13310 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13311 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 13312 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 13313 13314 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13315 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 13316 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13317 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13318 13319 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 13320 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 13321 13322 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13323 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13324 13325 if (BitWidth) { 13326 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 13327 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 13328 if (!BitWidth) 13329 D.setInvalidType(); 13330 } else { 13331 // Not a bitfield. 13332 13333 // validate II. 13334 13335 } 13336 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 13337 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 13338 D.setInvalidType(); 13339 } 13340 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13341 // than a variably modified type. 13342 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13343 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 13344 D.setInvalidType(); 13345 } 13346 13347 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 13348 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 13349 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 13350 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 13351 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 13352 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 13353 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 13354 return nullptr; 13355 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 13356 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13357 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13358 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 13359 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 13360 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 13361 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 13362 } 13363 else 13364 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13365 } else { 13366 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13367 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13368 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 13369 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 13370 return nullptr; 13371 } 13372 } 13373 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13374 } 13375 13376 // Construct the decl. 13377 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 13378 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 13379 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 13380 13381 if (II) { 13382 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 13383 ForRedeclaration); 13384 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 13385 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13386 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13387 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13388 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13389 } 13390 } 13391 13392 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 13393 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 13394 13395 if (D.isInvalidType()) 13396 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13397 13398 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 13399 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 13400 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13401 13402 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13403 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 13404 13405 if (II) { 13406 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 13407 // these to the interface. 13408 S->AddDecl(NewID); 13409 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 13410 } 13411 13412 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 13413 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 13414 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 13415 13416 return NewID; 13417 } 13418 13419 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 13420 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 13421 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 13422 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 13423 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 13424 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 13425 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 13426 return; 13427 13428 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 13429 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 13430 13431 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 13432 return; 13433 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 13434 if (!ID) { 13435 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 13436 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 13437 return; 13438 } 13439 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 13440 else 13441 return; 13442 } 13443 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 13444 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 13445 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 13446 13447 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 13448 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 13449 Context.CharTy, 13450 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 13451 DeclLoc), 13452 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 13453 true); 13454 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 13455 } 13456 13457 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 13458 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 13459 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 13460 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 13461 13462 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 13463 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 13464 // it will now change. 13465 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13466 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13467 switch (DC->getKind()) { 13468 default: break; 13469 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 13470 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13471 break; 13472 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 13473 Context. 13474 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13475 break; 13476 } 13477 } 13478 13479 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13480 13481 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 13482 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 13483 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 13484 if (Record) { 13485 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 13486 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 13487 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 13488 ++NumNamedMembers; 13489 } 13490 } 13491 13492 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 13493 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 13494 13495 bool ARCErrReported = false; 13496 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 13497 i != end; ++i) { 13498 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 13499 13500 // Get the type for the field. 13501 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 13502 13503 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 13504 // Remember all fields written by the user. 13505 RecFields.push_back(FD); 13506 } 13507 13508 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 13509 // diagnostics about it. 13510 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13511 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13512 continue; 13513 } 13514 13515 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 13516 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 13517 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 13518 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 13519 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 13520 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 13521 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 13522 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 13523 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 13524 // array. 13525 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 13526 // Field declared as a function. 13527 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 13528 << FD->getDeclName(); 13529 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13530 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13531 continue; 13532 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 13533 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 13534 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 13535 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 13536 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 13537 // Flexible array member. 13538 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 13539 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 13540 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 13541 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13542 if (Record->isUnion()) 13543 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13544 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 13545 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13546 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 13547 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 13548 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 13549 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13550 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 13551 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13552 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 13553 : NumNamedMembers < 1 13554 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 13555 : 0; 13556 13557 if (DiagID) 13558 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 13559 << Record->getTagKind(); 13560 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 13561 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 13562 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 13563 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 13564 // of the type. 13565 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 13566 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 13567 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 13568 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13569 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 13570 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 13571 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13572 13573 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 13574 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 13575 // 13576 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 13577 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 13578 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13579 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 13580 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 13581 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13582 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13583 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13584 continue; 13585 } 13586 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 13587 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13588 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 13589 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13590 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13591 // Incomplete type 13592 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13593 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13594 continue; 13595 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13596 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 13597 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 13598 // flexible array member. 13599 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13600 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 13601 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 13602 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 13603 // structures. 13604 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 13605 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 13606 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13607 else { 13608 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 13609 // other structs as an extension. 13610 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 13611 << FD->getDeclName(); 13612 } 13613 } 13614 } 13615 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 13616 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13617 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13618 AbstractIvarType)) { 13619 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 13620 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13621 } 13622 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13623 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13624 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 13625 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13626 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 13627 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 13628 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 13629 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 13630 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 13631 FD->setType(T); 13632 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 13633 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 13634 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 13635 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 13636 // so we just make the field unavailable. 13637 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 13638 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 13639 QualType T = FD->getType(); 13640 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 13641 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 13642 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 13643 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 13644 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 13645 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13646 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 13647 } 13648 } else { 13649 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 13650 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 13651 } 13652 ARCErrReported = true; 13653 } 13654 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 13655 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 13656 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 13657 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13658 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 13659 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13660 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 13661 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13662 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 13663 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13664 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13665 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13666 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 13667 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13668 } 13669 } 13670 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 13671 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13672 // Keep track of the number of named members. 13673 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 13674 ++NumNamedMembers; 13675 } 13676 13677 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 13678 if (Record) { 13679 bool Completed = false; 13680 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 13681 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 13682 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 13683 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 13684 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 13685 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 13686 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 13687 13688 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 13689 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 13690 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 13691 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 13692 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 13693 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 13694 } 13695 13696 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 13697 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 13698 13699 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 13700 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 13701 // problem now. 13702 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 13703 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 13704 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 13705 13706 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 13707 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 13708 M != MEnd; ++M) { 13709 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 13710 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 13711 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 13712 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 13713 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 13714 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 13715 continue; 13716 13717 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 13718 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 13719 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 13720 // program is ill-formed. 13721 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 13722 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 13723 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 13724 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 13725 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 13726 OM = SO->second.begin(), 13727 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 13728 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 13729 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 13730 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 13731 13732 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13733 } 13734 } 13735 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 13736 Completed = true; 13737 } 13738 } 13739 } 13740 } 13741 13742 if (!Completed) 13743 Record->completeDefinition(); 13744 13745 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 13746 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 13747 13748 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 13749 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 13750 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 13751 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 13752 } 13753 13754 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 13755 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 13756 // compatibility problems. 13757 bool CheckForZeroSize; 13758 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13759 CheckForZeroSize = true; 13760 } else { 13761 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 13762 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 13763 CheckForZeroSize = 13764 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 13765 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 13766 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 13767 } 13768 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 13769 bool ZeroSize = true; 13770 bool IsEmpty = true; 13771 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 13772 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 13773 E = Record->field_end(); 13774 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 13775 IsEmpty = false; 13776 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 13777 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 13778 ZeroSize = false; 13779 } else { 13780 ++NonBitFields; 13781 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 13782 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 13783 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 13784 ZeroSize = false; 13785 } 13786 } 13787 13788 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 13789 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 13790 // extern "C" block. 13791 if (ZeroSize) { 13792 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 13793 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 13794 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 13795 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 13796 } 13797 13798 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 13799 // but are accepted by GCC. 13800 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13801 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 13802 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 13803 << Record->isUnion(); 13804 } 13805 } 13806 } else { 13807 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 13808 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 13809 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13810 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 13811 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 13812 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13813 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 13814 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13815 } 13816 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 13817 // duplicates. 13818 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 13819 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 13820 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13821 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13822 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 13823 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 13824 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 13825 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 13826 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 13827 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 13828 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13829 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13830 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13831 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13832 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 13833 // reported as errors elsewhere. 13834 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 13835 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 13836 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 13837 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 13838 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 13839 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13840 if (IDecl) { 13841 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 13842 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13843 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13844 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13845 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13846 continue; 13847 } 13848 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 13849 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 13850 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13851 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13852 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13853 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13854 continue; 13855 } 13856 } 13857 } 13858 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 13859 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13860 } 13861 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13862 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13863 } 13864 } 13865 13866 if (Attr) 13867 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 13868 } 13869 13870 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 13871 /// the given type T. 13872 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 13873 llvm::APSInt &Value, 13874 QualType T) { 13875 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13876 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 13877 13878 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 13879 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 13880 --BitWidth; 13881 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 13882 } 13883 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 13884 } 13885 13886 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 13887 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 13888 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 13889 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 13890 // enum checking below. 13891 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13892 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 13893 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13894 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 13895 }; 13896 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13897 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 13898 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 13899 }; 13900 13901 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 13902 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 13903 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 13904 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 13905 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 13906 return Types[I]; 13907 13908 return QualType(); 13909 } 13910 13911 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 13912 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 13913 SourceLocation IdLoc, 13914 IdentifierInfo *Id, 13915 Expr *Val) { 13916 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13917 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 13918 QualType EltTy; 13919 13920 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 13921 Val = nullptr; 13922 13923 if (Val) 13924 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 13925 13926 if (Val) { 13927 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 13928 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13929 else { 13930 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 13931 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 13932 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13933 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 13934 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 13935 // constant expression of the underlying type. 13936 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13937 ExprResult Converted = 13938 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 13939 CCEK_Enumerator); 13940 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 13941 Val = nullptr; 13942 else 13943 Val = Converted.get(); 13944 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 13945 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 13946 &EnumVal).get())) { 13947 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 13948 } else { 13949 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13950 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13951 13952 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 13953 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 13954 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 13955 // expression checking. 13956 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13957 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13958 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13959 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13960 } else 13961 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13962 } else 13963 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13964 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13965 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 13966 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13967 // is the type of its initializing value: 13968 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 13969 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 13970 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13971 } else { 13972 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 13973 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 13974 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 13975 // representable as an int. 13976 13977 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 13978 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 13979 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13980 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 13981 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 13982 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 13983 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 13984 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13985 } 13986 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13987 } 13988 } 13989 } 13990 } 13991 13992 if (!Val) { 13993 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 13994 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13995 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 13996 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13997 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13998 // is the type of its initializing value: 13999 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 14000 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 14001 // 14002 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 14003 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 14004 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14005 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14006 } 14007 else { 14008 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 14009 } 14010 } else { 14011 // Assign the last value + 1. 14012 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14013 ++EnumVal; 14014 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 14015 14016 // Check for overflow on increment. 14017 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 14018 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14019 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14020 // is the type of its initializing value: 14021 // 14022 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 14023 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 14024 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 14025 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 14026 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 14027 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 14028 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 14029 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 14030 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 14031 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 14032 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14033 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 14034 ++EnumVal; 14035 if (Enum->isFixed()) 14036 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 14037 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 14038 << EnumVal.toString(10) 14039 << EltTy; 14040 else 14041 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 14042 << EnumVal.toString(10); 14043 } else { 14044 EltTy = T; 14045 } 14046 14047 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 14048 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 14049 // value, then increment. 14050 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14051 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14052 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14053 ++EnumVal; 14054 14055 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 14056 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 14057 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 14058 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 14059 // integral type. 14060 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 14061 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 14062 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14063 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14064 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 14065 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14066 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 14067 } 14068 } 14069 } 14070 14071 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 14072 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 14073 // enumerator's type. 14074 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14075 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14076 } 14077 14078 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 14079 Val, EnumVal); 14080 } 14081 14082 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 14083 SourceLocation IILoc) { 14084 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 14085 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14086 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14087 14088 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 14089 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 14090 // skip the body. 14091 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14092 ForRedeclaration); 14093 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 14094 if (!PrevECD) 14095 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14096 14097 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 14098 NamedDecl *Hidden; 14099 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 14100 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 14101 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 14102 return Skip; 14103 } 14104 14105 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14106 } 14107 14108 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 14109 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 14110 AttributeList *Attr, 14111 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 14112 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 14113 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 14114 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 14115 14116 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 14117 // we find one that is. 14118 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 14119 14120 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 14121 // scope. 14122 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14123 ForRedeclaration); 14124 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14125 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14126 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 14127 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14128 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14129 } 14130 14131 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 14132 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 14133 // different from T: 14134 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 14135 // enumerated type 14136 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 14137 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 14138 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 14139 14140 EnumConstantDecl *New = 14141 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 14142 if (!New) 14143 return nullptr; 14144 14145 if (PrevDecl) { 14146 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 14147 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 14148 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 14149 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 14150 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) && 14151 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) { 14152 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14153 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 14154 else 14155 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 14156 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14157 return nullptr; 14158 } 14159 } 14160 14161 // Process attributes. 14162 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 14163 14164 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 14165 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 14166 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 14167 14168 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 14169 14170 return New; 14171 } 14172 14173 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 14174 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 14175 // Element2 = Element1 14176 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 14177 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 14178 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 14179 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 14180 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 14181 if (!InitExpr) 14182 return true; 14183 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 14184 14185 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 14186 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 14187 return true; 14188 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 14189 if (!IL) 14190 return true; 14191 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 14192 return true; 14193 14194 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 14195 } 14196 14197 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 14198 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 14199 if (!DRE) 14200 return true; 14201 14202 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 14203 if (!EnumConstant) 14204 return true; 14205 14206 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 14207 Enum) 14208 return true; 14209 14210 return false; 14211 } 14212 14213 namespace { 14214 struct DupKey { 14215 int64_t val; 14216 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 14217 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 14218 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 14219 }; 14220 14221 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 14222 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 14223 false); 14224 } 14225 14226 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 14227 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 14228 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 14229 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 14230 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 14231 } 14232 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 14233 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 14234 LHS.val == RHS.val; 14235 } 14236 }; 14237 } // end anonymous namespace 14238 14239 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 14240 // a previous element has already been set to. 14241 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14242 EnumDecl *Enum, 14243 QualType EnumType) { 14244 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 14245 return; 14246 // Avoid anonymous enums 14247 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 14248 return; 14249 14250 // Only check for small enums. 14251 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 14252 return; 14253 14254 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 14255 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 14256 14257 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 14258 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 14259 ValueToVectorMap; 14260 14261 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 14262 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 14263 14264 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 14265 // an initialier. 14266 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14267 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14268 14269 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 14270 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 14271 if (!ECD) { 14272 return; 14273 } 14274 14275 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 14276 continue; 14277 14278 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14279 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14280 14281 // First time encountering this value. 14282 if (Entry.isNull()) 14283 Entry = ECD; 14284 } 14285 14286 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 14287 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14288 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14289 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 14290 continue; 14291 14292 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14293 14294 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14295 if (Entry.isNull()) 14296 continue; 14297 14298 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 14299 // Ensure constants are different. 14300 if (D == ECD) 14301 continue; 14302 14303 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 14304 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 14305 Vec->push_back(D); 14306 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14307 14308 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 14309 Entry = Vec; 14310 14311 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 14312 // diagnostics. 14313 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 14314 continue; 14315 } 14316 14317 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 14318 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 14319 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 14320 continue; 14321 14322 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14323 } 14324 14325 // Emit diagnostics. 14326 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 14327 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 14328 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 14329 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 14330 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 14331 14332 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 14333 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 14334 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 14335 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14336 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14337 ++I; 14338 14339 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 14340 // the same value. 14341 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 14342 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 14343 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14344 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14345 delete Vec; 14346 } 14347 } 14348 14349 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 14350 bool AllowMask) const { 14351 assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 14352 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 14353 14354 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 14355 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 14356 14357 if (R.second) { 14358 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 14359 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 14360 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 14361 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 14362 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 14363 } 14364 } 14365 14366 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 14367 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 14368 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 14369 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 14370 // 14371 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 14372 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 14373 // likely a logic error. 14374 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 14375 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 14376 } 14377 14378 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 14379 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 14380 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14381 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 14382 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 14383 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 14384 14385 if (Attr) 14386 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 14387 14388 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 14389 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14390 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14391 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14392 if (!ECD) continue; 14393 14394 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14395 } 14396 14397 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 14398 return; 14399 } 14400 14401 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 14402 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 14403 // emit a warning. 14404 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14405 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 14406 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 14407 14408 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 14409 // reverse the list. 14410 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 14411 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 14412 14413 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 14414 bool AllElementsInt = true; 14415 14416 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14417 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14418 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14419 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14420 14421 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14422 14423 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 14424 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 14425 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 14426 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 14427 else 14428 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 14429 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 14430 14431 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 14432 if (AllElementsInt) 14433 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 14434 } 14435 14436 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 14437 QualType BestType; 14438 unsigned BestWidth; 14439 14440 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 14441 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 14442 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 14443 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 14444 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 14445 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 14446 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 14447 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 14448 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 14449 QualType BestPromotionType; 14450 14451 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 14452 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 14453 // enum definitions. 14454 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 14455 Packed = true; 14456 14457 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14458 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14459 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 14460 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 14461 else 14462 BestPromotionType = BestType; 14463 14464 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 14465 } 14466 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 14467 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 14468 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 14469 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14470 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 14471 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 14472 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14473 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 14474 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 14475 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 14476 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14477 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 14478 BestType = Context.IntTy; 14479 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14480 } else { 14481 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 14482 14483 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 14484 BestType = Context.LongTy; 14485 } else { 14486 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14487 14488 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 14489 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 14490 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 14491 } 14492 } 14493 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 14494 } else { 14495 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 14496 // all of the enumerator values. 14497 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14498 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 14499 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 14500 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14501 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14502 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 14503 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 14504 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14505 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14506 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 14507 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 14508 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14509 BestPromotionType 14510 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14511 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 14512 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 14513 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 14514 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 14515 BestPromotionType 14516 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14517 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 14518 } else { 14519 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14520 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 14521 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 14522 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 14523 BestPromotionType 14524 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14525 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 14526 } 14527 } 14528 14529 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 14530 // the type of the enum if needed. 14531 for (auto *D : Elements) { 14532 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14533 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14534 14535 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 14536 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 14537 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 14538 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 14539 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 14540 14541 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 14542 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14543 14544 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 14545 // the enum decl type. 14546 QualType NewTy; 14547 unsigned NewWidth; 14548 bool NewSign; 14549 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14550 !Enum->isFixed() && 14551 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 14552 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 14553 NewWidth = IntWidth; 14554 NewSign = true; 14555 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 14556 // Already the right type! 14557 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14558 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14559 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14560 // enumeration. 14561 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14562 continue; 14563 } else { 14564 NewTy = BestType; 14565 NewWidth = BestWidth; 14566 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 14567 } 14568 14569 // Adjust the APSInt value. 14570 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 14571 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 14572 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 14573 14574 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 14575 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 14576 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 14577 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 14578 CK_IntegralCast, 14579 ECD->getInitExpr(), 14580 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 14581 VK_RValue)); 14582 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14583 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14584 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14585 // enumeration. 14586 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14587 else 14588 ECD->setType(NewTy); 14589 } 14590 14591 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 14592 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 14593 14594 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 14595 14596 if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) { 14597 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 14598 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14599 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14600 14601 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14602 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 14603 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 14604 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 14605 << ECD << Enum; 14606 } 14607 } 14608 14609 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 14610 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 14611 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 14612 } 14613 14614 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 14615 SourceLocation StartLoc, 14616 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 14617 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 14618 14619 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 14620 AsmString, StartLoc, 14621 EndLoc); 14622 CurContext->addDecl(New); 14623 return New; 14624 } 14625 14626 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 14627 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 14628 bool FromInclude = false) { 14629 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 14630 14631 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 14632 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 14633 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 14634 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 14635 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 14636 break; 14637 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 14638 break; 14639 } 14640 DC = LSD->getParent(); 14641 } 14642 14643 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 14644 DC = DC->getParent(); 14645 14646 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 14647 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 14648 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 14649 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 14650 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 14651 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 14652 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 14653 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 14654 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 14655 << M->getFullModuleName(); 14656 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 14657 } 14658 } 14659 14660 void Sema::diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc) { 14661 return checkModuleImportContext(*this, M, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14662 } 14663 14664 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 14665 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14666 ModuleIdPath Path) { 14667 Module *Mod = 14668 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 14669 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 14670 if (!Mod) 14671 return true; 14672 14673 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 14674 14675 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14676 14677 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 14678 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 14679 // silently ignoring the import. 14680 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 14681 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import) 14682 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 14683 else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule) 14684 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 14685 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule; 14686 14687 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 14688 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 14689 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 14690 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 14691 // We need the length to be consistent. 14692 if (!ModCheck) 14693 break; 14694 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 14695 14696 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 14697 } 14698 14699 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 14700 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 14701 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 14702 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 14703 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 14704 return Import; 14705 } 14706 14707 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14708 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 14709 14710 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 14711 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 14712 // implementation detail of us building the module. 14713 // 14714 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 14715 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 14716 TUKind == TU_Module && 14717 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 14718 14719 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 14720 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 14721 if (!IsInModuleIncludes) { 14722 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14723 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14724 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 14725 DirectiveLoc); 14726 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14727 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14728 } 14729 14730 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 14731 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14732 } 14733 14734 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14735 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14736 14737 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 14738 VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules)); 14739 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14740 } 14741 14742 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14743 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14744 14745 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 14746 VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back()); 14747 VisibleModulesStack.pop_back(); 14748 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14749 } 14750 } 14751 14752 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 14753 Module *Mod) { 14754 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 14755 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 14756 return; 14757 14758 // Create the implicit import declaration. 14759 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14760 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14761 Loc, Mod, Loc); 14762 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14763 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14764 14765 // Make the module visible. 14766 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 14767 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 14768 } 14769 14770 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14771 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14772 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14773 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14774 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14775 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 14776 LookupOrdinaryName); 14777 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 14778 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 14779 14780 // If a declaration that: 14781 // 1) declares a function or a variable 14782 // 2) has external linkage 14783 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 14784 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 14785 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 14786 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 14787 else 14788 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 14789 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 14790 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 14791 } else 14792 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 14793 } 14794 14795 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14796 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14797 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 14798 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 14799 14800 if (PrevDecl) { 14801 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 14802 } else { 14803 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14804 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 14805 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 14806 } 14807 } 14808 14809 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14810 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14811 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14812 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14813 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14814 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 14815 LookupOrdinaryName); 14816 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 14817 14818 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 14819 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 14820 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14821 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 14822 } else { 14823 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14824 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 14825 } 14826 } 14827 14828 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 14829 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 14830 } 14831 14832 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 14833 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 14834 if (!D) 14835 return AR_Available; 14836 14837 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 14838 // both the availability of the method as well as the 14839 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 14840 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 14841 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 14842 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 14843 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 14844 if (R != AR_Available) 14845 return R; 14846 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 14847 } 14848 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 14849 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 14850 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 14851 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 14852 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 14853 } 14854 // Recover from user error. 14855 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 14856 } 14857